November 22, 2017 | Author: MTs Sirojulathfal | Category: N/A
Download Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2...
Copyright © 2009 by Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. © Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/426/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING8B_PG09. Penyusun: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Editor: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail:
[email protected] Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail:
[email protected]
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.
Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar. Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks, tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar. Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik. Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik. Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh. Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan? Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas. Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain. Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa. Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga. Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti. Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna. Klaten, Desember 2009
Penyusun PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
iii
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs
Komponen
Alokasi Waktu
Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran)
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit)
Jumlah Jam Per Tahun (@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran 1.
Pendidikan Agama
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
2.
Pendidikan Kewarganegaraan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
3.
Bahasa Indonesia
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
4.
Bahasa Inggris
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
5.
Matematika
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
6.
IPA
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
7.
IPS
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
8.
Seni Budaya dan Keterampilan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3040
45–51
B. Muatan Lokal
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
32
374–418
1.088–1.216
43.520–48.640
725–811
9.
Jumlah
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Semester 2
4.
iv
Mata Pelajaran
Alokasi Waktu
Bahasa Inggris
4
Minggu Efektif Per Semester 17–19
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) 68–76
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) 2.720–3.040
Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 45,5–50,5
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas VIII, Semester 2 Standar Kompetensi Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
8.
Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk recount, dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount, dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
Kompetensi Dasar 7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, dan meminta, memberi dan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/ menerima/menolak sesuatu 7.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespon pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, dan mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon 8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan recount 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, meminta, memberi dan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/menerima/menolak sesuatu 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespon pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, serta mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative 11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 11.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 11.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar berbentuk recount dan narrative
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
v
SILABUS
1– 34 – – – –
UNIT
1
2
1 2 3 4
Narratives Recounts Narratives Recounts
Narratives – – – – – –
UNIT
Unit Unit Unit Unit
Asking for, Giving, Declining Opinions Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Things Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Help Genre: Narrative The Simple Past Tense with ‘Regular Verbs’ Announcements and Brochures
Recounts – – – – –
35– 80
81–132
Opening, Extending and Closing a Telephone Call Showing Attention Genre: Recount Modals Short News and Letters
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
133–144
UNIT
145–196
3
Narratives – – – – –
UNIT
4
Asking for, Giving and Denying Information Starting, Maintaining and Ending a Conversation Genre: Narrative The Past Continuous Tense Little Jokes and E-mails
Recounts – – – – –
197–252
Asking for, Giving and Refusing to Give Agreement Responding to a Statement Genre: Recount Direct and Indirect Speech Spoken and Written Notices
Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
253–265
Daftar Pustaka
266
vi
Kegiatan Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
1
7.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, dan meminta, memberi dan mengingkari informasi, meminta,
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, serta meminta, menawarkan, memberi, dan menolak barang/ sesuatu.
•
•
•
4. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, serta meminta, menawarkan, memberi, dan menolak barang/ sesuatu.
•
•
Indikator
3. Melengkapi teks percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dibahas.
1. Memahami percakapan dan berbagai ungkapan meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, serta meminta, menawarkan, memberi, dan menolak barang/sesuatu.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.
Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the conversation you have heard.
Answer the following questions.
Read the following dialog.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 2–4. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/2 Bahasa Inggris 1 Narrative Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 7. Memahami makna
Unit 1 Narratives
SILABUS
2
Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
5. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Pilihan ganda
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: pengumuman (announcements).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan pengumuman dan brosur. Melengkapi teks pengumuman berdasarkan pengumuman yang dibacakan guru.
Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
2.
3.
4.
1. Menyimak contoh pengumuman lisan beserta penjelasannya.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk pengumuman secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Indikator
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes lisan
Non tes
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the announcement you have heard. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
•
Answer the following questions.
Read the text.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 13, 14. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
memberi dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/ menerima/ menolak sesuatu.
Kompetensi Dasar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
3
8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan recount.
Kompetensi Dasar Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Memahami contoh monolog narrative dan penjelasannya. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan teks narrative. Membaca kata-kata yang tersedia, lalu mengartikannya. Melengkapi teks narrative lisan berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru
Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Monolog narrative.
Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih.
•
•
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana dalam wacana berbentuk narrative secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Indikator
•
•
•
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Isian
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
Read the following words. Find their meanings.
Answer the following questions.
Read the following monolog.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 6, 9. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
4
Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, dan meminta, memberi dan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/ menerima/ menolak sesuatu.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, serta meminta, menawarkan, memberi, dan menolak barang/ sesuatu.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
3. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan yang telah dibuat.
2. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan petunjuk yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan tersebut.
1. Memahami percakapan, lalu menentukan kalimat pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta, memberi, dan menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, serta meminta, menawarkan, memberi, dan menolak barang/ sesuatu. Mampu mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.
•
•
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Pernyataan benar/salah
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
Make dialogs based on the following situations.
Make a dialog based on the guideline.
Read the dialog. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false ones.
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 5. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
5
•
•
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Monolog narrative.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: pengumuman.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
5. Melakukan monolog narrative berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia.
4. Menceritakan kembali teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya dengan kalimat masingmasing.
3. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata dalam kotak yang tepat.
2. Membuat pengumuman tentang hilangnya atau ditemukannya sesuatu.
1. Membuat pengumuman berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Mampu melakukan monolog dalam wacana berbentuk narrative dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Mampu mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam bentuk pengumuman lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Unjuk kerja
•
•
Unjuk kerja
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Tell a story based on the following series of pictures.
Retell the text in Task A using your own words.
Complete the text with the correct words from the box.
Create an announcement about a lost or found thing.
Create an announcement based on the following situation.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 10. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 14. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
6
Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Memahami contoh teks narrative tulis dan penjelasannya. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang tersedia.
Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang tersedia. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang the simple past tense dengan regular verbs.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The simple past tense dengan regular verbs.
•
Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan brosur pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
4.
Teks narrative.
Melengkapi brosur dengan kata-kata dalam kotak yang sesuai.
3.
•
Membaca kata-kata yang tersedia, lalu mencari artinya.
2.
11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Memahami contoh brosur dan penjelasannya.
1.
Teks tulis fungsional pendek: brosur (brochure).
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
11.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. Mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika dalam wacana narrative.
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk brosur dengan benar.
Mampu membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
•
•
•
Indikator
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik
Pilihan ganda
Uraian objektif
•
Pernyataan benar/salah
•
•
Uraian objektif
Jawaban singkat
•
•
Isian
Uraian
•
•
Uraian objektif
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read the sentence.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the text. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones.
Read the following text.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.
Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the box.
Read the words. Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen
4 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 7–8, 11–12. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 13, 15–16. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
7
11.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
8
Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
•
•
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks narrative.
Teks tulis fungsional pendek: brosur (brochure).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Melengkapi teks dengan mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung menjadi bentuk past. Melanjutkan teks narrative dengan kalimat sendiri, dengan menggunakan kata-kata yang tersedia. Menulis teks narrative tentang binatang atau disebut fabel.
4.
5.
Membuat brosur dengan topik bebas.
2.
3.
Membuat brosur berdasarkan salah satu topik yang tersedia.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk narrative dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.
Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti brosur dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
•
•
•
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Esai
Esai
Isian
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Write a narrative about animals.
Continue the story of “The Ugly Duckling” in Task A using your own words. You may use the following keywords.
Complete the text using the words in brackets. Change the words into past.
Create a brochure. You may choose your own topic.
Create a brochure based on one of the following topics.
Contoh Instrumen
1 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 12. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 16. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
9
7.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, dan – mengawali, memperpanjang, serta menutup percakapan telepon.
5. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu memilih jawaban yang tepat.
4. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
3. Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia tentang percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan tentang materi di unit sebelumnya.
1. Membaca dan mempelajari berbagai ungkapan yang ada di buku.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: – memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, dan – mengawali, memperpanjang, serta menutup percakapan telepon.
Indikator
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Non tes
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard. Listen to your teacher. Correct A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
Listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions below.
Answer the following questions.
Read the following dialogs.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 22, 24–25. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/2 Bahasa Inggris 2 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 7. Memahami makna
Unit 2 Recounts
SILABUS
10
Silabus Unit 2 Recounts
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk berita pendek (short news).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
4. Melengkapi teks soal dengan kata-kata berdasarkan teks yang dibacakan guru.
3. Menyimak berita yang dibacakan guru dan menyebutkan topik dari berita tersebut.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi.
1. Mempelajari teks pendek: berita.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berita sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Indikator
•
•
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Isian
Uraian objektif
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Answer the questions below orally.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 32, 33–34. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
percakapan, dan mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon.
Kompetensi Dasar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
11
8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan recount.
Kompetensi Dasar
Monolog recount.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
9. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
8. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.
7. Melengkapi teks berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.
6. Menjawab pertanyaan tentang materi di unit sebelumnya.
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount.
5. Mempelajari monolog recount. •
Indikator
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Pernyataan benar/salah
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Are the followingstatements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text below based on what you have heard.
Answer the following questions.
Read the following monolog.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
relevan. Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 26, 28–29. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
12
Silabus Unit 2 Recounts
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, serta mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, dan – mengawali, memperpanjang, serta menutup percakapan telepon.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
3. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi, lalu memperagakan percakapan tersebut.
2. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang tepat.
1. Melengkapi percakapan dengan kata-kata yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, dan – mengawali, memperpanjang, serta menutup percakapan telepon. Mampu mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.
•
•
Indikator
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes tulis
•
Teknik
Unjuk kerja
Menyusun kalimat acak
•
•
Isian
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box. In pairs, put the sentences in the correct order to make a good telephone talk. Create dialogs based on the situations below.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 25–26. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
13
Monolog recount.
Kata, frasa, atau kalimat yang terkait topik yang dipilih.
•
•
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk berita pendek (short news).
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Menyampaikan berita terhangat secara lisan di depan kelas.
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Tes tulis
6. Melakukan monolog tentang liburan yang pernah dialami.
•
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Mampu melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk recount dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Mampu mengungkapkan makna monolog dalam bentuk berita dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Teknik
•
•
•
Indikator
5. Menceritakan kembali teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri.
4. Melengkapi teks rumpang dengan katakata yang tersedia.
3. Membaca teks yang ada, lalu menentukan gagasan utama teks.
2. Menyampaikan berita terhangat yang didengar dari TV atau radio.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Uraian objektif
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tell a memorable vacation you have ever had.
Retell the text in Task B from the point of view of the writer’s friend.
Complete the text below with the words from the box.
Read the text aloud. What is it about?
Listen to news programs on TV or radio. Retell one of the interesting news using your own words.
What is the hot issue today? Deliver the news before the class.
Contoh Instrumen
3 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 29–30. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 34. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
14
Silabus Unit 2 Recounts
11.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,
11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
11.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks recount.
Kata, frasa, atau kalimat yang terkait tema.
•
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk surat.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
5. Membaca dan mempelajari modal.
4. Membaca dan memahami teks berbentuk recount.
3. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
2. Melengkapi teks rumpang menggunakan katakata yang tersedia.
1. Mempelajari teks fungsional berbentuk surat pribadi.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details.
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek: surat dengan benar.
Mampu membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
Indikator
•
•
•
•
•
Non tes
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Pilihan ganda
Isian
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Read the following dialog.
Read the following text.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Complete the letter with the correct words from the box.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen
3 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 26–28, 30–31.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 33, 34–35. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
15
Tatabahasa yang terkait, yaitu modal.
lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Kompetensi Dasar
•
10. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan modal yang tepat.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
Tes tulis
•
9. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang ada
Tes lisan
•
Tes tulis
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks recount dengan benar.
Teknik
•
•
Indikator
8. Mengidentifikasi struktur teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
6. Membaca nyaring teks dengan lafal yang benar. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasar teks tersebut.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
Isian
Pilihan ganda
Identifikasi
Jawaban singkat
Membaca nyaring
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Identify the structure of the text in Task A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text. Complete the dialogs with suitable modals.
•
•
Read the text aloud. Answer the questions that follow.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
16
Silabus Unit 2 Recounts
•
•
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks recount.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk surat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
4. Menulis teks recount tentang pengalaman yang pribadinya.
3. Menyusun paragrafparagraf acak menjadi teks yang runtut.
2. Menukarkan surat yang telah ditulisnya dengan surat temannya, lalu menulis surat balasan.
1. Menulis surat kepada teman dengan topik sendiri.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk recount dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.
Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti surat dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes tulis
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Esai
Menyusun paragraf acak
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Write your own personal experience. Mind the structure of the text.
Rearrange the following paragraphs into the correct order.
Exchange the letter you have written in Task A with your friend’s. Ask your friend to reply it.
Write a letter to your friend. You may choose your own topic.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 32. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 35. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
17
7.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, dan meminta, memberi, dan mengingkari informasi,
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal untuk: – meminta, memberi, mengingkari informasi, – mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan. 4. Mendengarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru sambil melengkapi percakapan, kemudian memperagakan percakapan itu.
3. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, kemudian menjawab pertanyaan.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengalaman siswa.
1. Membaca dan mempelajari ungkapanungkapan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: – meminta, memberi, mengingkari informasi, – mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan.
Indikator
Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja
• •
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
•
•
Non tes
•
Teknik Uraian objektif
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Isian Unjuk kerja
•
•
•
• •
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
•
•
Read the following dialog.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 46–47 Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/2 Bahasa Inggris 3 Narrative Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 7. Memahami makna sekitar.
Unit 3 Narratives
SILABUS
18
Silabus Unit 3 Narratives
7.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinter-aksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, dan mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon.
meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/ menerima/ menolak sesuatu.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
19
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: joke.
8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Kompetensi Dasar
4. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang telah didengar.
3. Memilih jawaban yang tepat untuk setiap pertanyaan.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan sesuai dengan pengalaman.
1. Membaca joke berbentuk lisan dan mempelajari penjelasannya.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari, berbentuk joke.
Indikator
Non tes
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Pernyataan benar/salah
Menjodohkan
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have heard?
Your teacher is going to read you some questions. Write down the questions. Then, choose the best answer from the box to each question.
Answer the questions below.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen 1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 57, 58. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
20
Silabus Unit 3 Narratives
8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan recount.
Kompetensi Dasar
Monolog narrative.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipakai.
•
•
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
9. Memilih pilihan jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang telah didengar.
•
•
8. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks yang telah didengar pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog narrative pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
•
•
Indikator
7. Menyimak guru membacakan teks dan menentukan topik teks tersebut.
6. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasar pengalaman.
5. Membaca monolog dan mempelajari penjelasan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Answer the following questions.
Read the following monolog.
Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 49, 52. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
21
9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, meminta, memberi, dan mengingkari informasi, meminta, memberi, dan menolak pendapat, dan menawarkan/ menerima/ menolak sesuatu.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan – meminta, memberi, mengingkari informasi, – mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
4. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan gambar, lalu memperagakannya di kelas.
3. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi.
2. Membuat percakapan sesuai dengan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakannya di kelas.
1. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang tepat.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: – meminta, memberi, mengingkari informasi, – mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan.
Indikator
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
Tes tulis
•
Teknik Menyusun kalimat awal
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
• Unjuk kerja
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Make dialogs based on the pictures.
Make dialogs based on the following situations.
Work in pairs. Do the instructions.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMA/ MA VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 48. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
22
Silabus Unit 3 Narratives
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, serta mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
23
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: joke.
•
•
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Monolog narrative.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Kompetensi Dasar
5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Mampu melakukan monolog dalam wacana berbentuk narrative dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima. •
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
•
4. Menyusun paragrafparagraf acak menjadi teks yang runtut. •
Tes unjuk kerja
•
3. Mencari humor-humor singkat dari internet atau sumber-sumber lain dan menceritakannya.
Mampu mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam bentuk little joke dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima. Tes lisan
2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
1. Melengkapi teks dengan menggunakan kata-kata dari dalam kotak. •
Teknik Tes tulis
•
Indikator
•
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Menyusun kalimat acak
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban singkat
Isian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
•
Find a little joke on the Internet, in a magazine or newspaper. Tell the joke to your friends.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
Complete the text with, the words from the box.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMA/ MA VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 53. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMA/ MA VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 59. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
24
Silabus Unit 3 Narratives
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
7. Menceritakan sebuah cerita naratif yang disukai.
Indikator
6. Menceritakan sebuah cerita naratif berdasar gambar.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
Teknik
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Tell your friend a narrative you like.
• Work in groups of four. Look at the pictures below. Deliver a story based on the pictures using your own words.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
11.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: e-mail.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
•
2. Membaca email yang tersedia kemudian menjawab pertanyaan.
4. Menentukan apakah pernyataanpernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan email yang telah dibaca.
3. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi email yang runtut.
•
1. Membaca dan memahami email dan penjelasan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk email dengan benar.
Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
Indikator
Non tes
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Pernyataan benar/salah
Menyusun kalimat acak
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the email?
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good email.
Read the email below. Then, answer the questions.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMA/ MA VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 59-60. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
25
Teks narrative.
The past continuous tense.
•
•
11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative pendek dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
11.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Kompetensi Dasar
11. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang telah dibaca.
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
Tes tulis
•
10. Menyusun paragrafparagraf acak menjadi teks yang runtut.
Tes tulis
•
Non tes
Non tes
Tes tulis
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks berbentuk narrative dengan benar.
•
•
•
Teknik
•
Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details.
•
Indikator
9. Membuat kalimat menggunakan gambar dan kata-kata kunci yang tersedia.
8. Menentukan apakah pernyataanpernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang telah dibaca.
7. Melengkapi teks menggunakan katakata dari dalam kotak.
6. Membaca percakapan dan mempelajari penjelasan the past continuous tense.
5. Membaca teks dan dan mempelajari penjelasan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Menyusun kalimat acak
Uraian
Pernyatan benar/salah
•
•
Isian
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
•
•
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.
Make sentences based on the pictures and the words available below. Use the past continuous tense form.
Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones.
Complete the text using the words from the box.
Read the following sentences.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMA/ MA VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 50–51, 54–56. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
26
Silabus Unit 3 Narratives
•
•
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk rcount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks narrative.
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: email.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
5. Menulis cerita naratif menggunakan topik yang dipilih.
4. Menulis cerita naratif berdasarkan gambar dan kata-kata kunci yang tersedia.
3. Menulis e-mail menggunakan topik yang dipilih sendiri.
2. Menulis jawaban email teman.
1. Menulis e-mail berdasar situasi.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk narrative dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.
Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti e-mail dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
•
Tes tulis
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes tulis
•
Teknik
Esai
•
Uraian
•
Esai
Uraian
•
•
Uraian
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Write a narrative. You may choose your own topic.
Look and the pictures. Write a story based on the pictures and the cue words.
Write an e-mail. You may choose your own topic.
Exchange your e-mail with a friend. Write a reply for the email.
Write an email based on the situation below.
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 56–57. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 60. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
27
7.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – meminta, memberi persetujuan, dan – merespons pernyataan.
•
•
•
•
5. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan soal.
Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: – meminta, memberi persetujuan, dan – merespons pernyataan.
•
•
Indikator
4. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang telah diperdengarkan.
3. Menentukan pernyataan soal benar/salah berdasarkan percakapan yang telah diperdengarkan.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan tentang materi di unit sebelumnya.
1. Membaca dan mempelajari berbagai ungkapan yang ada di buku.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Pernyataan benar/salah
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Answer the questions orally.
Listen to your teacher. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions below. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
•
•
•
•
Look at the picture and read the dialog. Read the following dialog.
•
Contoh Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 66–68. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VIII/2 Bahasa Inggris 4 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 7. Memahami makna
Unit 4 Recounts
SILABUS
28
Silabus Unit 4 Recounts
8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk notice.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
4. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang diperdengarkan.
3. Menyimak notice yang dibacakan guru dan menulisnya.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi.
1. Mempelajari teks pendek: notice.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk notice secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
Tes lisan
•
•
Non tes
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the notices you have just heard.
Answer the following questions.
•
•
Read the following text.
•
Contoh Instrumen 1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 78–79. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
29
8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan recount.
Kompetensi Dasar
Monolog recount.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
9. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang diperdengarkan.
10. Melengkapi teks berdasarkan monolog yang telah dibacakan guru.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
•
•
7. Mengamati gambar dan mendengarkan teks monolog yang dibacakan guru, sambil mencatat halhal yang dianggap penting. 8. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks yang telah dibacakan guru pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount.
Teknik
Tes lisan
•
Indikator
•
6. Menjawab pertanyaan tentang materi di unit sebelumnya.
5. Mempelajari monolog recount.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
isian
Pilihan ganda
Uraian objektif
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Look at the picture and listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
•
Look at the picture and listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions based on what you have heard.
Answer the questions.
Read the following monolog.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 69–70, 72–74. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
30
Silabus Unit 4 Recounts
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi persetujuan, merespons pernyataan, memberi perhatian terhadap pembicara, mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan, serta mengawali, memperpanjang, dan menutup percakapan telepon.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – meminta, memberi persetujuan, dan – merespons pernyataan.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
3. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang ada, lalu memperagakan percakapan tersebut.
2. Melengkapi percakapan soal dengan kata-kata yang sesuai.
1. Secara berpasangan, memerankan percakapan yang ada.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: – meminta, memberi persetujuan, dan – merespons pernyataan. Mampu mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.
•
•
Indikator
Tes unjuk kerja.
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box. Create dialogs based on the situations below. Perform the dialogs.
•
Step forward with your partner. Perform the dialog below.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 68–69. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
31
Monolog recount.
Kata, frasa, atau kalimat yang terkait topik yang dipilih.
•
•
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk notice.
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
6. Mengamati gambar tokoh yang telah disediakan dan mencari informasi tentang tokoh tersebut. Lalu, secara berpasangan melakukan tanya jawab berdasarkan informasi yang telah diperoleh.
5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolog pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
4. Menyampaikan monolog yang ada di buku secara bergantian.
3. Menyampaikan notice berdasarkan situasi yag telah disediakan dalam buku.
2. Secara berpasangan, melakukan tanya jawab berdasarkan notice yang ada pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
1. Membaca nyaring notice yang tersedia secara bergantian.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Mampu melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk recount dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Mampu mengungkapkan makna teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk notice dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes lisan
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban singkat
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Answer the questions below based on the monolog in Task A. Look at the pictures and find references about the people in the pictures. Ask and answer questions about one of them. Look at the example.
•
Deliver the monolog below in turns.
Understand the situations below. Deliver spoken notices based on them.
Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about the notices in Task A.
Say the notices below aloud. Do it in turns.
•
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
3 u 40'
3 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 74. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 79. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
32
Silabus Unit 4 Recounts
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk notice (written).
Teks recount.
Kata, frasa, atau kalimat yang terkait tema.
Tatabahasa yang terkait, yaitu direct and indirect speech.
•
•
•
•
11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
11.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
8. Menentukan pernyataan benar/ salah berdasarkan teks yang ada, lalu membetulkan pernyataan yang salah.
7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang ada
6. Membaca dan mempelajari direct dan indirect speech.
5. Membaca dan memahami teks berbentuk recount.
4. Menyusun kembali kata-kata yang disusun secara acak menjadi notice yang bermakna.
3. Melengkapi notice rumpang dengan katakata yang tersedia.
2. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang ada.
1. Mempelajari teks tulis fungsional berbentuk notice.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks recount dengan benar.
•
Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek: notice dengan benar.
Mampu membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
•
•
•
Indikator
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pernyataan benar/salah
Pilihan ganda
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Menyusun kata acak
Isian
Pilihan ganda
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read the text. Decide whether the statements that follow are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Look at the pictures and read the sentences.
Read the following text. Study the structure of the text.
Arrange the words into good notices.
Complete the notices with the proper words from the box.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the following text.
Contoh Instrumen
4 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 70–72, 75–77. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia–Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 80. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
33
11.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
9. Membaca dan memahami kalimatkalimat langsung yang ada, lalu mengubahnya menjadi kalimat tak langsung.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Read and change the statements below into indirect speech.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
34
Silabus Unit 4 Recounts
•
•
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar berbentuk recount dan narrative.
Kompetensi Dasar
2. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi teks yang runtut dan bermakna.
Teks recount.
•
•
•
•
5. Menulis kembali lima kalimat langsung yang dibuat teman menjadi kalimat tidak langsung dengan benar.
Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk recount dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.
Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti notice (written) dengan benar dan berterima.
•
•
•
Indikator
4. Menulis lima kalimat langsung dengan benar.
3. Menulis teks recount tentang pengalaman seseorang.
1. Menulis notice berdasarkan situasi yang telah ditentukan.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk notice tulis.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Uraian
Uraian
Esai
Menyusun kalimat acak
Jawaban singkat
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Write about someone’s experience. Share your work with the class. Write five sentences in direct speech. Exchange your work in Task C with your friend’s. Rewrite his/her sentences into indirect speech.
•
•
Rearrange the sentences into a good text. Read your work aloud.
Write notices based on the situations below.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
2 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 77. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 81. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk recount dan narrative untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ● ask for, give and decline opinions, ● ask for, give, offer and refuse things, ● ask for, give, offer and refuse help, ● deliver spoken announcements, ● deliver stories using spoken English, ● write brochures, ● create written narratives, and ● use the simple past tense with ‘regular verbs’ correctly.
Have you ever heard or read the story of a lion and a mouse? What do you think of it? According to you, is it interesting? Why do you think so? You know, it is a kind of fable. Fables are stories about animals. They depict human stories and usually contain moral values. You will learn more about fables in this unit. Just enjoy reading them.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
35
1.1 Expressions
Asking for, Giving, Declining Opinions Read the following dialog.
Boy Woman Boy Woman
: : : :
Mom, what do you think of my watch? Wow! I think it’s very nice. Who bought you the watch? I bought it myself. I’ve saved some of my pocket money to buy it. Nice son!
The sentence “Mom, what do you think of my watch?” is an expression to ask for an opinion. Meanwhile, the sentence “I think it’s very nice.” is an expression to give an opinion. The following are other sentences used to ask for, give and decline opinions. Asking for Opinions ●
● ● ●
●
36
What’s your opinion about my problem? What’s your idea? What do you feel . . .? Do you think it is O.K. if I call him? Do you have any idea?
UNIT 1 Narratives
Declining Opinions
Giving Opinions ●
I think . . . .
●
In my opinion, . . . . We had better . . . . I think so.
●
To my mind, . . . .
● ●
●
● ● ●
●
I don’t think it’s a good idea. Sorry, I don’t have one. I have different opinions. I don’t think so. In my view, .... I disagree with your idea.
Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Things Read the following dialog. Rio Dendi Rio Dendi
: : : :
Here is an ice cream for you. No, thanks. I’ve got flu. Oh, sorry. I don’t know about it. Never mind.
The sentence “Here is an ice cream for you.” is an expression to give something. Meanwhile, the sentence “No, thanks.” is an expression to refuse something.
The following are some expressions to ask for, give, offer and refuse things. Asking for Things ● ● ● ●
Can I have a bit? Is it O.K. if I . . . ? May I have one? May I try it on?
Giving Things ● ● ● ●
Sure. Here you are. Please do so. Please serve yourself. Certainly.
Offering Things ● ● ● ●
Do you want candies? Here are some apples for you. Will you have some cakes? Would you like some bananas?
Refusing Things ●
● ●
Thank you for your offer, but I don’t want to. No, thanks. No need to bother, thanks.
Asking for, Giving, Offering and Refusing Help Read the following dialog. Boy : Where are you going, Ma’am? Old woman : I am going to the drugstore across the street. Boy : Let me help you cross this street. Old woman : Thank you. You’re really a nice boy. The sentence “Let me help you cross this street.” is an expression to give help.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
37
The following are other sentences used to ask for, give, offer and refuse help. Asking for Help ● ● ● ● ●
Can you help me, please? Could you do me a favor, please? Could you possibly help me? Would you be willing to help me? Could I possibly ask you to help me?
Giving Help ● ● ● ● ●
Offering Help ● ● ● ● ●
Do you need any help? Do you need a hand? Can I help? Can I do anything to help? May I help you?
Let me help you. I’ll do it for you. Let me give you my hand. I’d like to help you. I’d be happy to help you. Refusing Help
● ● ● ●
●
No, thank you. Don’t bother yourself. Thanks. That’s very kind, but I can manage myself. That’s very kind of you, but I don’t think it’s necessary. No, you don’t need to.
Answer the following questions. 1.
2. 3.
A.
What is your opinion about your school? Contoh jawaban: I think it’s the best school in my town. Most of the students here are creative and smart. Have you ever asked for something special to your parents? What did you ask for? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. I asked for a birthday gift. Have you ever asked for help? In what occasions do you usually ask for help? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. I usually ask for help if I face difficulties, like lifting something heavy.
Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the conversation you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Lala : Look at the (1) peacock! What do you think of it? Rangga : Wow, . . . it’s very beautiful! Lala : Yeah. I think it is the most beautiful (2) animal in this zoo. Rangga : By the way, what about its cage? Lala : I think it’s (3) clean enough. However, it should be larger. Rangga : I think so. Moreover, it’s better if the (4) zookeeper puts a couple of peacocks in one cage. It will prevent them from (5) loneliness. Lala : You’re right.
38
UNIT 1 Narratives
Variasi: Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. cage = sangkar 2. zookeeper = petugas kebun binatang 3. loneliness = kesepian 4. peacock = burung merak 5. to prevent = mencegah B. 1.
Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It’s about a peacock and its cage. Where does the dialog possibly take place? Jawaban: In a zoo. What is Lala’s opinion about the peacock’s cage? Jawaban: It is clean enough, but it should be larger. Lala said, “I think it is the most beautiful animal in this zoo.” What does it mean? Jawaban: She is giving her opinion. Why does Rangga suggest that the zookeeper put a couple of peacocks in a cage? Jawaban: To prevent the peacocks from loneliness.
2. 3. 4.
5.
Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Answer the following questions based on the dialog you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Mouse : What happened to you, Lion? Lion : I was trapped by a hunter. He tied me onto this tree. Could you help me untie this rope, Mouse? Mouse : Sure, I’ll help you. Lion : Thanks. But . . . how will you help me? Mouse : I will gnaw the rope and let you free. Lion : Thank you very much. Mouse : You’re welcome. 1. 2. 3. 4.
5.
Who are speaking in the dialog? Jawaban: A lion and a mouse. What happened to the lion? Jawaban: He was tied onto a tree by a hunter. What does the lion ask for the mouse to do? Jawaban: To untie the rope and let him free. The mouse said, “Sure, I’ll help you.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He is giving help. How would the mouse free the lion? Jawaban: By gnawing the rope.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
39
C.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. Fairuz : Have you seen a film entitled ‘Emak Ingin Naik Haji’? Tania : Yes, I have. Fairuz : Do you think it is good? Tania : Sure. I think it’s very good and interesting. It depicts a son’s affection for his mother. Fairuz : You’re right. The son really loves his mother and tries hard to fulfill his mother’s dream. Tania : What a good son! 1.
2.
40
What are the speakers talking about? A. A movie. B. A novel. C. A comic. D. A short story. Jawaban: A Percakapan tersebut membicarakan tentang sebuah film (a movie). Hal itu diketahui dari isi keseluruhan percakapan serta kalimat awal Fairuz ”Have you seen a film entitled ‘Emak Ingin Naik Haji’?”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Why does Tania think that the thing is good? A. It depicts a boy’s dream to reach happiness. B. It shows a boy’s dream when he grows up. C. It depicts a boy’s dedication to his grandma. D. It depicts a boy’s affection for his mother. Jawaban: D Saat Fairuz menanyakan pendapat Tania tentang film tersebut, Tania menjawab, ”I think it’s very good and interesting. It depicts a son’s affection for his mother.”. Jadi, menurut Tania film itu menarik karena menggambarkan kasih sayang anak lakilaki kepada ibunya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
UNIT 1 Narratives
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. Vino : Could you take me the dictionary, please? Rafika : Sure. Here it is. Anyway, what are you doing, Vino? Vino : I am translating an English text into Indonesian. Rafika : Do you need any help? Vino : No, thanks. I’ll try to do it myself. 3.
What thing does Vino need? A. A textbook. B. An English book. C. A dictionary. D. A storybook. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Vino berkata, ”Could you take me the dictionary, please?”. Jadi, yang diperlukan Vino adalah sebuah kamus (a dictionary). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
4.
Why does Vino need the thing? A. To translate an Indonesian text into English. B. To translate an English text into Indonesian. C. To write an English composition. D. To help Rafika do her homework. Jawaban: B Vino memerlukan kamus untuk menerjemahkan teks berbahasa Inggris menjadi teks berbahasa Indonesia. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat Vino ”I am translating an English text into Indonesian.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
5.
Rafika said, “Do you need any help?” What does it mean? A. She is offering help. B. She is giving help. C. She is asking for something. D. She is giving something. Jawaban: A Kalimat Rafika tersebut artinya ”Apakah kamu memerlukan bantuan?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan menawarkan bantuan (offering help). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan ungkapan yang tepat.
A.
Read the dialog. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false ones.
Mr. Gerry : Receptionist : Mr. Gerry : Receptionist : Dr. Setyawan : Mr. Gerry : Dr. Setyawan : Mr. Gerry : Dr. Setyawan : Mr. Gerry :
Hello! Is it Perdana Clinic? Yes. May I talk to doctor Setyawan? Sure. Hold on a moment, please. Hello! Setyawan speaking here. Good morning, doctor Setyawan. I am Gerry. I live at Jalan Kartika number 7. My father is seriously ill. He needs immediate treatment. Could you come here to treat him, please? Sorry, I am unable to leave my clinic at this time. You will have to bring the patient to my clinic. The condition of the patient is very serious. He can’t be moved to your clinic. O.K. I am coming. Immediately, send someone to pick me up. Thank you, doctor. Adapted from: October 25, 2009
Statements: 1. ______ The conversation happens face to face. 2. ______ The doctor is working in a big hospital. 3. ______ Mr. Gerry’s father is seriously ill. 4. ______ Mr. Gerry asks the doctor to treat his father at home. 5. ______ The doctor is not willing to come to Mr. Gerry’s house finally. Jawaban: 1. F (The dialog happens by phone.) 2. F (He is working in his clinic.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (Finally, he is willing to come to Mr. Gerry’s house and asks Mr. Gerry to send someone to pick him up.) Variasi: A. Find the words in Task A which have similar meanings to the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to speak = to talk 2. sick = ill 3. quick = immediate 4. to carry = to bring 5. to deliver = to send B. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good dialog. Kalimat-kalimat soal yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 Mrs. Aditya : O, come on. Please have your breakfast. It won’t take a long time. : Really? O, gosh. My watch is broken. It has stricken seven o’clock already. 6 Rendy O.K. I’ll have breakfast now. Thanks, Mom. Mrs. Aditya : Hey, where are you going? Here are fried rice and a glass of milk for you. 1
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
41
Rendy Mrs. Aditya Rendy Mrs. Aditya
4 7 2 5 C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B.
: : : :
But . . . I have been late, Mom. You’re welcome. Sorry, Mom. I’m in a hurry. I don’t have time for breakfast. Who said so? You still have one hour before the class starts.
Answer the questions based on the proper dialog in Task B. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: A mother and her son. Where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: At home. When does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In the morning. What does Mrs. Aditya serve? Jawaban: Fried rice and milk. Why doesn’t Rendy want to have breakfast? Jawaban: Because he is in a hurry. He thinks that he has already been late. Make a dialog based on the guideline. Prita
Ferdy
tells Ferdy that she will buy a computer.
feels happy to hear it.
tells her confusion whether she should buy a laptop or a desktop computer.
asks why.
tells Ferdy that she has a different opinion from her parents and asks for Ferdy’s opinion.
tells that he prefers a laptop.
asks why.
tells that a laptop is practical and handy.
agrees with Ferdy’s opinion. Contoh Prita : Ferdy : Prita : Ferdy : Prita : Ferdy : Prita : Ferdy : Prita :
42
jawaban: Ferdy, I want to buy a computer. That’s great! However, I am confused whether I should buy a laptop or a desktop computer. Why? I prefer a laptop to a desktop computer. However, my parents have a different opinion. They suggest that I buy a desktop computer. What do you think? Both of them have their own advantages and disadvantages. However, you’d better buy a laptop. Why? You know, laptop is compact and small. It is practical and handy. You’re right. I agree with you.
UNIT 1 Narratives
C.
Make dialogs based on the following situations.
1.
Your father wants to buy a bicycle for you. He is confused whether he should buy a new bicycle or a secondhand one. Your uncle has offered his old bicycle to your father. It was used by Andre, your cousin. Your father asks for your opinion about it. How would the conversation go? 2. Your shoes are old and broken. You ask your mother to buy you new shoes. How would the conversation go? 3. Your sister is busy watering the flowers in the garden. You offer to help her. How would the conversation go? Contoh jawaban: 1. Your father : Harry, I want to buy a bicycle for you. You : Really, Dad? That would be very nice. Your father : Yeah. Do you think that we should buy a new or a secondhand one? You : I think we had better buy a new one, Dad. Your father : You’re right. However, your uncle has offered me his bicycle. He wants to buy a new one. You know, your uncle always takes good care of his bicycle. You : You’re right. You may take it, Dad. 2.
You : Your mother : You : Your mother : You :
Mom, look at my shoes! They are broken. I see, dear. Will you buy me a new pair, please? Sure. Let’s go to a shoe store this afternoon. Great! Thanks, Mom.
3.
You : You look very busy. Your sister : Yeah. I have to water all these flowers. I don’t want them to wilt. You : You’re right. They need enough water. Do you need any help? Your sister : Sure, thanks. I’d be very happy. You can water the flowers over there. You : O.K.
1.2 Genre
Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Have you heard the story of a tiger and a hare? Now, let me tell you the story. Once upon a time there lived a tiger named Blind Fury. He was the king of the forest. He ordered that each day an animal should be brought to him as his prey. Of course, it made the number of animals decrease. Therefore, the animals held a council to solve the problem. Can you guess what the result of the animals’ meeting is? Well, a hare named Tiny Trick said that he had an idea to get rid of Blind Furry. The idea was that Tiny Trick would come at twelve; although, the usual breakfast of Blind Fury was nine.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
43
The next day, Tiny Trick arrived at Blind Fury’s cave at twelve. Blind Fury was angry at him. He asked why Tiny Trick came late. Did you know what Tiny Trick’s answer was? He replied that there was another king like Blind Fury in the well that asked him to be his prey. Luckily, Tiny Trick could escape from him and met Blind Fury. Blind Fury was very anxious to see the king. That was why, he asked Tiny Trick to show him the king. Happily, Tiny Trick led Blind Fury to the well. Arriving at the well, Blind Fury found his own shadow in it. He thought it was another tiger who would be his rival. He leapt into the well and was drowned. The animals were happy and they praised Tiny Trick as their hero. Adapted from: November 16, 2009
The text above is a narrative in spoken form or monolog. It is an example of fables (imaginative stories about animals), i.e. a tiger and a hare.
Written Text Read the following text. The Tiger and the Hare
Orientation
A tiger named Blind Fury became the king of a forest. He made a law that every day an animal should appease his hunger by falling a prey to him. At this rate, in the course of a few months, a great number of animals had been eaten up; the beasts that remained held a council. A hare among them, named Tiny Trick, observed, “I have a stratagem whereby I can get rid of Blind Fury if you would let me take my chance with him tomorrow.” They agreed. The usual breakfast hour of Blind Fury was nine; but Tiny Trick trudged on, and came to him at twelve.
Complication
“Hullo, you impudent little wretch! What keeps you so long from our presence?” said Blind Fury. “May it please, Your Majesty,” said Tiny Trick, “in a well by the road I have traveled there is another king like your majesty. He said I should not go without appeasing his hunger. It was with difficulty I could obtain permission of him to see your majesty for a moment and return.” “Lead the way to the well,” said Blind Fury. “Yes, Your Majesty,” said Tiny Trick.
Resolution
When Blind Fury came to the well, he found his own shadow reflected in it, and, fancying that it was another tiger, a rival, leapt into it and was drowned. The beasts of the forest praised Tiny Trick as the savior of the state. It happens that little folks did great things for the public good. Source: November 16, 2009
44
UNIT 1 Narratives
The text is a fable. It is a kind of narratives, and it is in written form. According to Wikipedia, a fable is a story that features animals, plants, inanimate objects or forces of nature which are anthropomorphized (given human qualities). It illustrates a moral lesson (a “moral”), which may at the end be expressed explicitly in a pithy maxim. It also provides opportunities to laugh at human folly when it supplies examples of behaviors to be avoided rather than emulated. The structure of a narrative, including a fable, is: ● orientation, ● complication, ● resolution.
Grammar Section The Simple Past Tense with ‘Regular Verbs’ Read the following sentence.
Mrs. Handoko and his son talked about a television program last night. The sentence above uses the simple past tense with a regular verb. You use the simple past tense: 1. To talk about events, actions or situations which occurred in the past and are finished now. Examples: ● Delia phoned me a moment ago. ● I met Zaskia last week. 2. To talk about past habits. Examples: ● Father smoked some cigarettes a day till he gave up. ● I liked swimming in the river when I was a child. You can use some adverbs of time in the simple past tense, i.e. yesterday, last . . ., . . . ago, this morning, etc.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
45
There are two forms of verbs which are used in the simple past tense, i.e. regular verbs and irregular verbs. Now, you will learn regular verbs. Regular verbs are verbs that form their past tense by adding -d or -ed to the base form. The following are the rules of changing verb bases into regular verbs. Verb Ending in . . .
How to Make the Simple Past
Examples
-e
add -d
live o lived date o dated
consonant + -y
change -y to -i, then add -ed
try o tried cry o cried
one vowel + one consonant (but not -w or -y)
double the consonant, then add -ed
tap o tapped commit o committed
anything else, including -w
add -ed
boil o boiled hand o handed show o showed
Answer the following questions. 1.
2.
A.
Do you like reading fables? Why/why not? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Because they are entertaining and I can learn something from the stories. What is your favorite fable? Why do you like it? Contoh jawaban: The story of a lion and a mouse. I like it because it shows us that a little creature can do something to help a big one.
Read the following words. Find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. hawk = burung elang 2. 3. intent = maksud 4. 5. tightly = dengan kencang 6. 7. brink = pinggir, tepi 8. 9. to pounce = menerkam, menyambar 10.
46
UNIT 1 Narratives
acquaintance mischief meadow to suffocate talon
= = = =
kenalan kenakalan, kejahatan padang rumput mencekik, menyebabkan mati lemas = kuku, cakar
B.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Have you ever heard a story of a mouse, a frog and a hawk? Now, let me tell you the story. A mouse, that always lived on the land, by an (1) unlucky chance formed an intimate acquaintance with a frog. The frog lived for the most part in the (2) water. The frog was one day intent on (3) mischief. He bound the foot of the mouse tightly to his own. Thus joined together, the frog first of all led the mouse to the (4) meadow where they were accustomed to find their food. After this, he (5) gradually led him towards the pool in which he lived. When he reached the brink, he suddenly jumped in, (6) dragging the mouse with him. The frog enjoyed the water (7) amazingly, and swam croaking about, as if he had done a good deed. The unhappy mouse was soon suffocated by the water. His dead body (8) floated about on the surface, tied to the foot of the frog. A hawk observed it. He pounced upon it with his talons and carried it aloft. You know, the frog was still (9) fastened to the leg of the mouse. Because of this, he was also carried off a prisoner, and was eaten by the (10) hawk. Adapted from: November 8, 2009
Variasi: A. Find the words in Task B which are the opposite meanings to the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. fortunate >< unlucky 2. loosely >< tightly 3. bad >< good 4. glad >< unhappy 5. to separate >< to join B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B. 1. What is the monolog about? Jawaban: A frog’s mischief to his friend, a mouse. 2. Who formed an intimate acquaintance? Jawaban: A frog and a mouse. 3. Where did the mouse live? Jawaban: On the land. 4. What did the frog do to the mouse’s foot? Jawaban: He bound the mouse’s foot tightly to his own. 5. Where did the frog and the mouse usually find their food? Jawaban: On a meadow. 6. What did the frog do after bringing the mouse to the meadow? Jawaban: He gradually led the mouse towards the pool in which he lived. 7. What did the frog do when he reached the pool brink? Jawaban: He suddenly jumped in. 8. How did the mouse die? Jawaban: He was suffocated by the water. 9. What happened to the frog finally? Jawaban: He was also carried off a prisoner, and was eaten by a hawk. 10. What can you learn from the story? Jawaban: Someone’s mischief can harm himself/herself and others.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
47
C.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: This text is for questions 1 and 2. There were once two roosters that fought over a hen. The one that won the fight left with the hen, while the one that lost hid in the bushes. The rooster that won jumped on top of a wall and crowed with pride. Just then an eagle swooped down and snatched up the proud little rooster. However, the one who had hid in the bushes was safe from the eagle. Source: November 8, 2009
1.
2.
48
What did the winner get? A. A rooster. B. A hen. C. An eagle. D. Bushes. Jawaban: B Dalam monolog terdapat kalimat-kalimat ”There were once two roosters that fought over a hen. The one that won the fight left with the hen, while the one that lost hid in the bushes.”. Jadi, pemenang pertarungan tersebut akan mendapatkan seekor ayam betina (a hen). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) merupakan hewan yang bertarung, (C) merupakan hewan yang memangsa ayam jantan yang menang, dan (D) merupakan tempat bersembunyi hewan yang kalah bertarung. What finally happened to the winner? A. It hid in the bushes. B. It jumped into the river. C. It was killed by a giant. D. It was killed by an eagle. Jawaban: D Ayam jago yang memenangkan pertarungan akhirnya dimangsa seekor rajawali. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat ”Just then an eagle swooped down and snatched up the proud little rooster.”. Frasa ’the proud little rooster’ dalam kalimat ini mengacu kepada ayam jantan yang menjadi pemenang.
UNIT 1 Narratives
Teks yang dibacakan guru: This text is for questions 3 to 5. Now, let me tell you the story of a scorpion and a ladybug. A scorpion befriended a ladybug who became a loyal companion to him. One day the ladybug struggled to cross a challenging and dangerous river. The scorpion offered to take her to the other side on his back. He had come to care for her and promised he would never harm her. However, after they crossed the river safely, the scorpion allowed his tail to dip upon her with its venomous sting. As she lay in greatest pain, she said, “. . . but, you promised . . . why?” He shrugged and said, sadly, “Because it is my nature.” Adapted from: November 8, 2009
3.
When did the scorpion help the ladybug? A. When she looked for food. B. When she was in pain. C. When she crossed the river. D. When she was hungry. Jawaban: C Kalajengking membantu kumbang kecil saat kumbang kecil tersebut menyeberangi sungai. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimatkalimat ”One day the ladybug struggled to cross a challenging and dangerous river. The scorpion offered to take her to the other side on his back.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi monolog.
4.
What did the scorpion promise the ladybug? A. He would never harm her. B. He would never leave her. C. He would be her loyal husband. D. He would not forget her. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”He had come to care for her and promised he would never harm her.”. Jadi, kalajengking tersebut berjanji untuk menjaga kumbang kecil tersebut dan berjanji tidak akan mencelakakannya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi monolog.
5.
kumbang kecil, akhirnya kalajengking tersebut menyengat kumbang kecil tersebut dengan bisanya. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat ”However, after they crossed the river safely, the scorpion allowed his tail to dip upon her with its venomous sting.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi monolog.
What did the scorpion do to the ladybug at last? A. He got married to her. B. The scorpion stung her. C. The scorpion taught her to swim. D. The scorpion took home. Jawaban: B Meskipun kalajengking telah berjanji bahwa ia tidak akan mencelakakan
A.
Complete the text with the correct words from the box.
a. e. i.
water clever Chief
b. f. j.
shell success idea
c. g.
safely foolish
d. h.
eyes drown
Why Turtles Live in Water Turtles used to live on the land, they say, until the time a (1) ________ turtle was caught by some hunters. They brought him to their village and placed the turtle before the (2) ________, who said, “How shall we cook him?” “You’ll have to kill me first,” said the turtle, “and take me out of this (3) ________.” “We’ll break your shell with sticks,” they said. “That’ll never work,” said the turtle, “Why don’t you throw me in the water and (4) ________ me?!” “Excellent (5) ________,” said the Chief. They took the turtle to the river and threw him into the (6) ________ to drown him. They were congratulating themselves on their (7) ________ in drowning the turtle when two little green (8) ________ poked up in the water and the laughing turtle said, “Don’t get those cooking pots out too fast, (9) ________ people!” As he swam away, he said, “I think I’ll spend most of my time from now on, (10) ________ in the water.” It has been that way ever since! Source: September 15, 2009
Jawaban: 1. e 2. i
3. b
4. h
5. j
6. a
7. f
8. d
9. g
10. c
Variasi: Find the words in Task A which have similar meanings to the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. smart = clever 2. to carry = to bring 3. to put = to place 4. good = excellent 5. opinion = idea 6. chairperson = chief 7. small = little 8. quickly = fast 9. stupid = foolish 10. to waste = to spend
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
49
B.
Retell the text in Task A using your own words.
Contoh jawaban: Did you know the story why turtles live in water? Let me tell you about it. Once upon a time turtles lived on land. One day some hunters caught a clever turtle and they brought the turtle to their chief as a present for him. However, the chief wondered how to cook it. The turtle heard the conversation between the chief and the hunters. Suddenly, he had an idea. He said that they should kill him first and took him out of his shell. They agreed with the idea. Then, they told him that they would break his shell with sticks. The turtle replied that it was useless. He suggested an idea that they should throw him in the water and drowned him. Guess what! They agreed with the idea. They didn’t know that the turtle could swim in the river. As soon as the people threw him into the water, he swam away and said that it was better to live in the water because it was safe. Ever since, turtles live in the water. C.
Tell a story based on the following series of pictures.
1
2
3
4
Contoh jawaban: Did you know the story of a deer and grapes? Now, let me tell you about it. One hot day, there was a deer walking along the hill. He came upon a grape tree. There he found a bunch of fresh grapes hanging from a high branch. “Those grapes must be tasty,” he thought to himself. Then, he tried to reach them. However, he did not get high enough. He stood on his hind legs and tried again. He almost got high enough this time, but not quite. He tried and tried, again and again, but just couldn’t get high enough to grab the grapes. Finally, he gave up. He decided to leave the grapes. As he walked away, he put his nose in the air and said, “I am sure those grapes are sour.” Adapted from: November 18, 2009
50
UNIT 1 Narratives
A.
Read the text. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones.
The Singer and the Dolphin Arion was one of the most famous singers in the ancient world. On one occasion he won an important festival in Sicily, and as his prize he received so many jewels and golden cups that he was obliged to hire a ship to carry them all home to Corinth. Unfortunately, this huge treasure made the sailors very jealous, and in order to have it for themselves, they attacked the singer and were about to throw him overboard. Arion did not put up a struggle; instead he asked only that he was allowed to sing one last song. His wish was granted and the sailors were so enchanted by his voice that they were hardly aware of what happened next. At the first notes of his song, a dolphin swam alongside, attracted by the beautiful music. Immediately, Arion jumped overboard onto the dolphin’s back and was carried back across the sea. When the ship finally reached port in Corinth, the wicked sailors began to tell everyone that there had been a storm, during which the famous singer had been lost at sea. They were struck dumb with amazement; however, when Arion arrived with a company of soldiers to arrest them. In memory of this event, a statue of a young man on the back of a dolphin was erected in the port of Corinth. This statue is still there today. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Statements: 1. ______ 2. ______ 3. ______ 4. ______ 5. ______ 6. ______ 7. ______ 8. ______ 9. ______ 10. ______
Arion was a famous sailor. Arion received jewels and silver cups as his prize in Sicily festival. The sailors were happy when they knew Arion got huge treasure. The sailors attacked Arion. Arion fought with the sailors. Arion asked the sailors to let him sing a last song. The sailors were interested in Arion’s songs. Arion jumped onto a dolphin’s back. The sailors told everyone that Arion had been lost in the sea. There is a statue of a young man and a ship in the port of Corinth.
Jawaban: 1. F (He was a famous singer.) 2. F (He received jewels and golden cups, not silver cups.) 3. F (They were jealous when they knew Arion’s huge treasure.) 4. T 5. F (He didn’t put up a struggle, which means he didn’t fight.) 6. T 7. T 8. T 9. T 10. F (The statue in the port of Corinth is a young man on the back of a dolphin.)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
51
Variasi: A. Find the words in Task A which have opposite meanings to the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. unknown >< famous 2. modern >< ancient 3. to lose >< to win 4. moral >< wicked 5. to give >< to receive 6. small >< huge 7. to answer >< to ask 8. to prohibit >< to allow 9. to set free >< to arrest 10. to leave >< to arrive B. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to make a good text. Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5
So the wretched donkey stumbled on. But after a short distance, he stopped again, bleary-eyed, his tongue hanging out. “Please, please listen! If you don’t help me, I’ll never reach market alive.” But without even a glance, the horse haughtily replied, “Rubbish! Come on, you’ll manage this time too!” But this time, after a few tottering steps, the donkey dropped dead to the ground. The donkey’s master, who had lingered to pick mushrooms, ran up when he saw the animal fall.
7
“I’d have done better to help the donkey when he was alive,” said the horse to himself. “A little more weight wouldn’t have done me any harm. Now, I’m frightened of collapsing myself under a double load!” But feeling sorry too late did nothing to lighten his load.
3
“I can’t go much further!” moaned the donkey. “I’m much weaker today! I can hardly stand and unless I can get rid of some of this weight, I won’t be able to go on. Couldn’t you take some of my load?”
1
Once upon a time an old carter kept a horse and a donkey in the same stable. He was equally fond of both his animals, but as he used the horse to pull his trap, he gave it better food and more attention than he did to the donkey. However, the donkey, knowing he was not so precious as his stable mate, ate straw instead of corn and hay, without complaining.
4
When the horse heard this, he looked the donkey up and down in disdain, for he considered himself much superior, and said, “Our master gave you the heavy load because he knows that donkeys are beasts of burden. Their loads ought to be heavier than those of noble horses!”
6
“Poor thing!” he said. “He served me well for so many years. His load must have been too heavy.” Then, he turned to the horse, “Come here! You’ll have to carry your companion’s load too now!” And he hoisted the donkey’s sacks onto the horse’s back.
2
Even when both animals carried sacks to market, the donkey’s was the heavier load, for the carter did not want to overwork his noble horse; though, he had no such feelings about the donkey. As time went by, the horse grew more handsome and robust, while the donkey became thin and weak. One day, on their way to market, the donkey was carrying his usual heavy load, while the horse had only two lightweight sacks tied to the saddle. Source: November 8, 2009
52
UNIT 1 Narratives
C.
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. B
A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
stable straw hay robust to moan disdain wretched bleary-eyed tottering to linger
Jawaban: 1. c 2. k
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 3. e
penghinaan, hina yang berjalan terhuyung-huyung kandang malang/sial rumput kering tertinggal penarik kereta mengeluh/merintih tegap bermata muram jerami 4. i
5. h
6. a
7. d
8. j
9. b
10. f
D. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B. 1. What animals did the carter keep? Jawaban: A horse and a donkey. 2. Where did the carter put his animals? Jawaban: In the same stable. 3. How did the carter treat his animals? Jawaban: He was equally fond of both his animals, but as he used the horse to pull his trap, he gave it better food and more attention than he did to the donkey. 4. What happened to the animals as a result of the carter’s treatment? Jawaban: As time went by, the horse grew more handsome and robust, while the donkey became thin and weak. 5. What did the horse do when the donkey complained about his burden along the journey? Jawaban: He didn’t pay attention to the donkey’s condition. He just looked the donkey up and down in disdain for he considered himself much superior. 6. What happened to the donkey finally? Jawaban: He dropped dead to the ground. 7. What did the horse have to do finally? Jawaban: He had to carry the donkey’s load. 8. What can you learn from the story? Jawaban: We should not feel more superior than others and we should not be selfish. 9. “. . ., he gave it better food . . . .” (Paragraph 1) What does the word ‘it’ refer to? Jawaban: The horse. 10. “. . . the horse haughtily replied, . . . .” What does the word ‘haughtily’ have a similar meaning to? Jawaban: Arrogantly.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
53
B.
The Peacock and the Tortoise On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancing on a lawn by the side of a lake. A tortoise, in the lake, addressed the peacock thus said, “Sir Peacock, how I should like to be with you dancing there!” “Sir Tortoise,” said the peacock, “I do not think you would be safe if you were to leave the water, and to come to dance with me. Further, your short legs and heavy appearance would not enable you to cut a good figure at dancing.” “I see,” said the tortoise, “you are very proud of your fine feathers and gait; but you must remember, that my shell is also as beautifully colored; and that was my gait; though, not so quick and graceful, is yet slow and steady.” The peacock replied, “I am very sorry to have displeased you, Sir Tortoise; but, if you wish to come and dance with me, unmindful of the danger of leaving the water, you are welcome.” The tortoise came out of the lake, and stood by the side of the peacock, in his own awkward manner; and the two were preparing to dance together. Just then a hunter, who was passing by the pond, observing the scene, approached the animals. The peacock flew up a tree, and safely perched on its top; but the tortoise, before he could reach the pond, was laid on his back and killed by the hunter. The peacock cried mournfully, “Sir Tortoise, you now see how dangerous it is to get into difficulties from which we cannot easily escape.” Source: November 8, 2009
1.
54
side of a lake.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
How was the day? A. It was cloudy. B. It was sunny. C. It was very cold. D. It was very hot. Jawaban: A Jawaban dapat diketahui dari kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancing on a lawn by the
UNIT 1 Narratives
2.
What did the peacock do on the lawn? A. He sang a song. B. He took a nap. C. He danced. D. He played a game. Jawaban: C Yang dilakukan burung merak di padang rumput adalah menari (he danced). Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancing on a lawn by the side of a lake.”.
3.
Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The tortoise wanted to dance with the peacock. B. The peacock had nice feathers. C. The tortoise was killed by a hunter. D. The peacock didn’t care for the tortoise’s safety. Jawaban: D Dalam teks tersebut diceritakan bahwa burung merak enggan menari dengan kura-kura. Hal itu disebabkan oleh kekhawatiran burung merak atas keselamatan kura-kura. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat pertama paragraf dua, yaitu ”’Sir Tortoise,’ said the peacock, ’I do not think you would be safe if you were to leave the water, and to come to dance with me. . . .’” dan kalimat pada paragraf empat ”The peacock replied, ’I am very sorry to have displeased you, Sir Tortoise; but, if you wish to come and dance with me, unmindful of the danger of leaving the water, you are welcome.”’. Jadi, burung merak sebenarnya sangat peduli pada keamanan kura-kura. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf pertama, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf lima.
4.
“. . . how I should like to be with you dancing there!” (Paragraph 1) What does the word ‘there’ refer to? A. In a lake. B. On a lawn. C. On a tree. D. In a field. Jawaban: B Kata ’there’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu kepada ’on a lawn’. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat sebelumnya ”On a cloudy day, a peacock was dancing on a lawn by the side of a lake.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan latihan sebagai berikut. Grasshopper and Worm “Come now!” said Worm. “Come now! Come quick!” Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, came over very fast. Grasshopper bounced long bounces. He almost fell into Worm’s hole. “Are you all right?” Grasshopper asked. Grasshopper was very out of breath. “Did you ask something?” Worm said. He could not understand his friend. “Just give me a minute,” Grasshopper said. He was still trying to catch his breath. “If I had a minute,” Worm said, “I would not say come now.” Grasshopper frowned. “Listen, Worm,” he said, “I bounced over here so fast, I almost fell into your hole. This is no way to treat a friend.” “You are right, Grasshopper,” Worm said. “I am sorry. But I am in a big hurry.” Grasshopper sighed. “O.K., Worm. I went all the way from the other side of the meadow. I might as well help you.” Worm wrapped his little body around Grasshopper. “May I ask what you are doing, Worm?” Grasshopper said. “I am giving you a big bug hug,” Worm said. “I said come, and you came.”
5.
“. . . your fine feathers and gait; . . . .” (Paragraph 3) What does the word ‘gait’ mean? A. The way of walking. B. The way of speaking. C. The way of communicating. D. The way of learning. Jawaban: A Kata ’gait’ artinya cara berjalan (the way of walking). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya cara berbicara, (C) artinya cara berkomunikasi, dan (D) artinya cara belajar.
Grasshopper groaned, “I have an appointment later, Worm. I don’t have all day.” “Oh!” Worm said. “Here is what I need.” Worm went down his hole for a moment. He came back up with a big hat. Its brim had two feathers on the side. The feathers were blue and red. “I am going for a ride this morning with Robin Redbreast,” Worm said. “I cannot decide which feather to choose for my hat. Should I choose red or blue?” Grasshopper stared at Worm. Then, he stared at the hat. Then, he stared at Worm again. “This is your big emergency?” Grasshopper said. “I say, no feathers at all.” “No feathers?” Worm said. He was surprised. “No feathers,” Grasshopper said. “Robin has plenty of feathers of his own.” Grasshopper got ready to bounce away and said, “And no more wasting my time, Worm. Have a nice ride!” Source: September 1, 2009
1.
Why did Grasshopper come to Worm’s hole in a hurry? A. He thought that Worm fell down. B. He thought that Worm fell down into the river. C. He thought that Worm had an urgent appointment. D. He thought that Worm was in emergency.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
55
Jawaban: D Belalang mendatangi cacing dengan tergesa-gesa karena ia mengira bahwa cacing dalam bahaya. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimat pada paragraf dua dan tiga ”Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, came over very fast. . . . ’Are you all right?’ Grasshopper asked. Grasshopper was very out of breath.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 2.
3.
56
Why did Worm ask Grasshopper to come? A. To help him choose the right hole. B. To help him choose the feathers for his hat. C. To help him choose a friends. D. To help him choose the proper meadow. Jawaban: B Alasan cacing tersebut menyuruh belalang datang ke tempatnya adalah untuk membantunya memilih bulu untuk topinya. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat ’”I am going for a ride this morning with Robin Redbreast,’ Worm said. ’I cannot decide which feather to choose for my hat. Should I choose red or blue?”’. Pilihan jawaban yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. The following statements are TRUE according to the text, except ________. A. Grasshopper was Worm’s friend B. Worm had blue and red feathers on his hat C. Grasshopper had no appointments the day D. Grasshopper was angry to Worm Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (C) yang artinya belalang tidak memiliki janji lain hari itu. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
UNIT 1 Narratives
”Grasshopper groaned, ’I have an appointment later, Worm. I don’t have all day.’”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, . . . .”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”The feathers were blue and red.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Grasshopper got ready to bounce away and said, ’And no more wasting my time, Worm. . . .”’. 4.
“. . . he said, ‘I bounced over here so fast, . . . .’” (Paragraph 7) The word ‘here’ refers to ________. A. Worm’s hole B. Grasshopper’s hole C. the meadow D. Robin’s hole Jawaban: A Kata ’here’ mengacu kepada lubang tempat cacing tinggal. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat-kalimat sebelumnya yang menjelaskan bahwa belalang pergi tergesa-gesa ke tempat cacing. Hal itu juga disimpulkan dari kalimat berikutnya ”. . . I almost fell into your hole.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
5.
“Worm’s friend, Grasshopper, came over very fast.” (Paragraph 2) The bold-typed word has opposite meaning to ________. A. carefully B. beautifully C. quickly D. slowly Jawaban: D Kata ’fast’ artinya dengan cepat. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata ’slowly’ yang artinya dengan lambat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya dengan hati-hati, (B) artinya dengan indah/cantik, dan (C) artinya dengan cepat.
A.
Complete the text with the correct words in brackets. Change the words into past.
The Ugly Duckling Once upon a time down on an old farm, [1. live] ________ a duck family, and Mother Duck had been sitting on a clutch of new eggs. One nice morning, the eggs [2. hatch] ________ and out [3. pop] ________ six chirpy ducklings. But there was still one egg bigger than the rest, and it didn’t hatch. Mother Duck couldn’t recall laying that seventh egg. How did it get there? “Did I count the eggs wrongly?” Mother Duck [4. wonder] ________. But before she had time to think about it, the last egg finally hatched. A strange looking duckling with gray feathers that should have been yellow [5. gaze] ________ at a worried mother. “I can’t understand how this ugly duckling can be one of mine!” she [6. say] ________ to herself, shaking her head as she [7. look] ________ at her last born. Well, the gray duckling certainly wasn’t pretty, and since he was far more than his brothers, he was outgrowing them. As the days went by, the poor ugly duckling became more and more unhappy. His brothers didn’t want to play with him and all the farmyard folks simply [8. laugh] ________ at him. He was sad and lonely. He secretly wept at night. He felt nobody [9. want] ________ him. Then, one day, at sunrise, he ran away from the farmyard. He [10. stop] ________ at a pond and began to question all the other birds. “Do you know of any ducklings with gray feathers like mine?” But everyone shook their heads in scorn. Source: November 8, 2009
Jawaban: 1. lived 6. said
2. hatched 7. looked
3. popped 8. laughed
4. wondered 9. wanted
5. 10.
gazed stopped
Variasi: A. Make sentences using the correct answers in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1. Once the farmer and his family lived in a small hut near the forest. 2. The hen hatched two eggs yesterday. 3. Mother Duck popped out five ducklings some days ago. 4. I wondered how people could make a very big temple. 5. The little boy gazed at me and said nothing two days ago. 6. The old man said that he lived in a far away place. 7. The girl looked at her mother and hugged her happily yesterday. 8. The students laughed at the monkey’s behavior a moment ago. 9. Riana wanted to go to Australia some weeks ago. 10. Mr. Rully stopped a car for help last night. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences. The man ________ [carries/carried] a heavy suitcase yesterday. I usually ________ [visit/visited] my grandparents once a month. Dewanti ________ [helps/helped] an old woman cross the street yesterday. The lost child ________ [play/played] in this park some weeks ago. The Principal ________ [decides/decided] to expel the naughty student from school.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
57
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
We ________ [watch/watched] the news about the accident last night. The mechanic ________ [repairs/repaired] my father’s car a moment ago. The lions always ________ [roar/roared] loudly. The old woman ________ [drops/dropped] her wallet here some minutes ago. The boys always ________ [study/studies] hard to prepare for the final exam.
Jawaban: 1. carried 6. watched
B.
● ● ● ● ●
2. visit 7. repaired
3. helped 8. roar
4. played 9. dropped
5. decided 10. study
Continue the story of “The Ugly Duckling” in Task A using your own words. You may use the following keywords. to continue a springtime exhausted a farmer a thick bed of reeds
● ● ● ● ●
the hen a countrywoman’s cottage a mirror a good swan to take care
● ● ● ● ●
a winter to frighten to escape to lay eggs to live together
Contoh jawaban: The Ugly Duckling Once upon a time down on an old farm, lived a duck family, and Mother Duck had been sitting on a clutch of new eggs. One nice morning, the eggs hatched and out popped six chirpy ducklings. But there was one egg bigger than the rest, and it didn’t hatch. Mother Duck couldn’t recall laying that seventh egg. How did it get there? “Did I count the eggs wrongly?” Mother Duck wondered. But before she had time to think about it, the last egg finally hatched. A strange looking duckling with gray feathers that should have been yellow gazed at a worried mother. “I can’t understand how this ugly duckling can be one of mine!” she said to herself, shaking her head as she looked at her last born. Well, the gray duckling certainly wasn’t pretty, and since he was far more than his brothers, he was outgrowing them. As the days went by, the poor ugly duckling became more and more unhappy. His brothers didn’t want to play with him and all the farmyard folks simply laughed at him. He was sad and lonely. He secretly wept at night. He felt nobody wanted him. Then one day, at sunrise, he ran away from the farmyard. He stopped at a pond and began to question all the other birds. “Do you know of any ducklings with gray feathers like mine?” But everyone shook their heads in scorn. The ugly duckling continued his way. Then, one day he arrived at an old countrywoman’ cottage. The woman caught the ugly duckling and kept him in a hutch. She hoped the duckling was a female and laid many eggs. However, the ugly duckling laid not a single egg. Then the hen kept frightening him. The hen said that the woman would kill him if he didn’t lay eggs. Then, one night, finding the hutch door, he escaped. Once again he was all alone. He fled as far away as he could, and at dawn, he found himself in a thick bed of reeds. There was plenty of food, and the duckling began to feel a little happier; though, he was lonely.
58
UNIT 1 Narratives
Winter came and the water in the reed bed froze. The poor duckling left home to seek food in the snow. He dropped exhausted to the ground, but a farmer found him and put him in his big jacket pocket. He would give the ugly duckling to his children. The duckling was showered with kindly care at the farmer’s house. In this way, the ugly duckling was able to survive in the bitterly cold winter. However, by springtime, he had grown so big that the farmer decided to let him free. When he saw himself mirrored in the water, he was very surprised. He had changed into a good swan. Finally, he could make friends and live together with other swans. Adapted from: November 8, 2009
C.
Write a narrative about animals.
Contoh jawaban: The Thirsty Ant A thirsty ant was scurrying desperately around. It looked for something to drink, but it could find nothing. It thought that it would die. Suddenly, a drop of water fell from above and saved its life. In truth, it was a tear. It was filled with all the magical virtues which were born from suffering. After that, the ant discovered that it was suddenly able to understand and speak perfectly the language of men. One day the ant went into a grain store. There, it saw a little girl. The girl was sitting on the floor, crying. “Why are you so sad?” asked the ant. “I’ve been imprisoned by an ogre. He will only set me free when I have made three heaps of grain, barley and rye, out of this huge mountain of seed where they are all mixed together.” “That will take a month!” exclaimed the ant. “If I haven’t finished by tomorrow, the ogre will eat me for his supper,” the girl cried. “Please do not weep. We’ll help you.” And the ant fetched all his companions and they set to work. The next morning the ogre found that the task was done. Thus it was that a tear saved a little girl’s life. Source: 366 and More Fairy Tales
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Brochures
Spoken Text Read the text. Attention, please. Good morning, students. Adinda’s mother, Mrs. Haryawan, passed away last night after being hospitalized for a few days. The funeral ceremony will start at 1 p.m. Please do come and express your condolences. Your presence will comfort her. Thank you. The text above is a spoken announcement. An announcement is a simple text/note to inform something important to the targeted listeners.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
59
Written Text Read the following text.
Source: November 18, 2009
The text above is a brochure. A brochure or pamphlet is a leaflet advertisement. Brochures may advertise locations, events, hotels, products, services, etc. They are usually succinct in language and eye-catching in design. In hotels and other places that tourists frequently visit, brochure racks or stands may suggest visits to amusement parks and other points of interest. The two most common brochure styles are single sheet and booklet (folded leaflets) forms.
60
UNIT 1 Narratives
Answer the following questions. 1.
Have you heard an announcement about someone’s death? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. What do you feel or do if you hear such an announcement? Contoh jawaban: I feel sad and show our sympathy. What kind of brochures do you usually read? Contoh jawaban: A brochure about traveling or education.
2. 3.
A.
Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the announcement you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Good morning, students. Your math (1) teacher, Mr. Budiman, will be absent from school for some days. He got an (2) accident yesterday. Now, he is seriously ill and treated in Mulia Hospital. If you have time, you had better (3) visit him there after school. Your (4) presence is expected to cheer him up and help him (5) get well soon. Thank you. Variasi: Read the following words. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
absent accident to treat to cheer to get well
Jawaban: 1. c 2. B. 1. 2. 3.
B
e
a. b. c. d. e. 3.
merawat sembuh tidak hadir menghibur kecelakaan a
4.
d
5.
b
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. What is the announcement about? Jawaban: It’s about Mr. Budiman who is treated in hospital. Who is the announcement for? Jawaban: The students. When is the announcement delivered? Jawaban: In the morning.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
61
4. 5.
A.
Why is Mr. Budiman treated in hospital? Jawaban: He is seriously ill because of an accident. What is expected from the listeners? Jawaban: Their presence.
Create an announcement based on the following situation.
Your school has a very wise and kindhearted principle. He has dedicated his life for the improvement of your school. Now, he is going to retire. Your school will hold a small farewell party for him. Contoh jawaban: Attention, please. Mr. Hardi, our dearest Principal, will leave this school. He is going to retire soon. Of course, we will miss him. As we know, he is a wise and kindhearted man. He has dedicated his life for this school. That’s why we will have a small farewell party to express our gratitude for his merits. Thank you. B.
Create an announcement about a lost or found thing.
Contoh jawaban: Attention, please. Our teacher, Ms. Lovy, has lost her mobile phone. The mobile phone is black. It has a 3-megapixel camera. It has a radio and bluetooth connectivity. It can also be used to watch television. For anyone who finds it, please contact Ms. Lovy. Thank you.
A.
Read the words. Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. health = kesehatan 2. reliable = dapat dipercaya/diandalkan 3. to provide = menyediakan, memberikan 4. to navigate = mengarahkan, menunjukkan 5. trained = terlatih 6. familiarity = keakraban 7. available = tersedia 8. up-to-date = yang terbaru/termutakhir 9. confidential = rahasia 10. anonymous = tanpa nama
62
UNIT 1 Narratives
B.
Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the box.
a. d.
up-to-date Contact
b. e.
Service staff
c.
community
Source: November 18, 2009
Jawaban: 1. d 2.
c
3.
a
4.
e
5.
b
Variasi: Find the words in Task B which have similar meanings to the following words. 1. psychological = mental 2. to get in touch with = to contact 3. to provide = to equip 4. to choose = to select 5. contradictory = different
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
63
C. 1.
What is the text about? Jawaban: It’s about mental health information services and supports. What does the Mental Health Service Information Ontario provide? Jawaban: It provides information about mental health services and supports in people’s community and across Ontario. It can also help people navigate the mental health system. Who will answer the customer’s call? Jawaban: A trained professional will. How are the staff of the Mental Health Service Information Ontario? Jawaban: They are selected for their experience, education and familiarity with the mental health system. When can customers call the Mental Health Service Information Ontario? Jawaban: Any time, day or night.
2.
3. 4.
5.
A. 1. 2.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.
Create a brochure based on one of the following topics. A travel brochure. A body health club.
Contoh jawaban: GAP Adventures – Europe Vibrant cultures, historic landmarks and a stunning scenery pave your way to an exciting adventure through the diverse regions of Europe. With GAP Adventures, there is something for every traveler to experience. Stroll the romantic streets of Paris, explore the Greek Islands by yacht, hike ancient trails in Turkey or visit art galleries in Italy. There’s a world of adventure waiting around every corner. GAP Adventures has been a world leader and innovator in sustainable adventure travel since 1990.
Picture source: December 6, 2009
We invite you to explore a world of tours infused with inspiration and excitement that will take you off the beaten track into the real heart of the destination, allowing you to connect with nature and local cultures. We are The Great Adventure People–welcome to our world of adventure travel! Source: November 18, 2009
64
UNIT 1 Narratives
B.
Create a brochure. You may choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
Source: November 18, 2009
Write a fable. You may choose your own topic.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
65
Read and memorize the words. Use the words whenever you speak English. aloft : to appease : awkward : to befriend :
66
charcoal clutch to decree to depict to dip to drown to emulate
: : : : : : :
folly glint hare
: : :
UNIT 1 Narratives
tinggi memenuhi tuntutan kikuk, canggung melindungi, berlaku seperti sahabat arang kayu sarang memutuskan melukiskan, menggambarkan mencedok menenggelamkan berusaha menyamai atau melebihi kebodohan kilatan kelinci
to hatch impudent maxim mournfully to oblige pithy prey rooster savior to scorch to screech to shrug to slither to snatch stratagem succinct to swoop to trudge
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
menetaskan lancang, kurang ajar peribahasa, pepatah dengan menyedihkan mengharuskan ringkas dan tajam mangsa ayam jantan/jago penyelamat menghanguskan menciut-ciut, berciut-ciut mengangkat bahu melata, merayap merenggut, mengambil tipu daya, muslihat ringkas menyambar, menukik berjalan dengan susah payah
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
This dialog is for question 1. Yennita : There are many airplane accidents nowadays. What do you think, Choky? Choky : It shows the bad condition of the airplane business in Indonesia. Yennita : In your opinion, what should the airlines do? Choky : I think they should pay more attention to the quality of their planes and flight services. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. Many accidents nowadays. B. The sea accidents nowadays. C. Many airplane accidents nowadays. D. The quality of airplanes in Indonesia. Jawaban: C Percakapan tersebut membahas tentang banyaknya kecelakaan pesawat terbang yang terjadi akhir-akhir ini. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat Yennita ”There are many airplane accidents nowadays. What do you think, Choky?”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. This dialog is for question 2. Receptionist : Good morning. What can I do for you, Sir? Mr. Rafi : I’d like to reserve one single room and one double-bed room. Receptionist : Let me see your identity card, please. Mr. Rafi : Here it is. 2. Where does the dialog possibly happen? A. In a hotel. B. In an office. C. In a house. D. In a room. Jawaban: A Pak Rafi berkata, ”I will reserve one single room and one double-bed room.”. Itu berarti bahwa Pak Rafi memesan kamar hotel. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di hotel.
This dialog is for question 3. Mrs. Ardian : Alvian, do me a favor, please. Alvian : Yes, Mom. What can I do for you? Mrs. Ardian : Um . . . can you pack this baggage? I’ll prepare some food and drinks for our trip. Alvian : O.K., Mom. Give it to me. Mrs. Ardian : Thanks. 3. What does Mrs. Ardian ask Alvian to do? A. To help her prepare some food. B. To help her prepare some drinks. C. To help her pack the baggage. D. To help her keep the baggage. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Bu Ardian berkata, ”Um . . . can you pack this baggage?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta bantuan. Jadi, Bu Ardian meminta bantuan Alvian untuk mengemasi barang-barang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. This text is for questions 4 and 5. A peasant left a jug of milk with a neighbor for safekeeping. When he reclaimed the jug, the milk had disappeared. Angry words led to a lawsuit, and the judge decreed that the neighbor should pay for the milk, even though the latter claimed that the flies had consumed it. “You should have struck them dead,” said the judge. “What?” replied the peasant, “You grant me permission to kill flies?” “Yes indeed,” responded the judge. “You have my permission to kill them anywhere you find them.” In that moment the peasant saw a fly on the judge’s cheek. He stepped up to him and gave him a slap, saying, “I bet that cursed fly is one of those who drank up the milk!” Because of the permission he had granted to the peasant, the judge could do nothing about the slap. Source: September 15, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
67
4. What is the monolog about? A. A peasant and his milk. B. A peasant and a judge. C. A neighbor who stole the peasant’s milk. D. A judge who had a slap on his cheek. Jawaban: B Teks tersebut menceritakan seorang petani dan hakim. Saat seorang petani kehilangan susunya, tetangganya berkata bahwa yang mengambil susunya adalah lalat. Hakim menyetujuinya dan mengizinkan petani untuk membunuh lalat. Pada saat lalat hinggap di pipi hakim, sang petani menampar pipi hakim untuk membunuh lalat. Karena hakim mengizinkan petani untuk membunuh lalat, ia tidak dapat marah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 5. What did the judge permit the peasant to do? A. To step up to him. B. To slap his neighbor. C. To steal the milk. D. To kill the fly. Jawaban: D Hakim mengizinkan petani tersebut untuk membunuh lalat. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat hakim ”’You have my permission to kill them anywhere you find them.’”. Kata ’them’ pada kalimat tersebut mengacu pada lalat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
Jawaban: C Pengumuman tersebut dapat didengar di sekolah (at school). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kata-kata kunci ’students’ dan ’OSIS chairperson’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 7. According to the announcement, what are the students expected to do? A. To see the victims. B. To help the victims. C. To look for the victims. D. To evacuate the victims. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan teks pengumuman tersebut, para siswa diharapkan membantu korban dengan memberikan bantuan berupa uang. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat ”Anyone who wants to donate some money may contact the OSIS chairperson, Hangga. Hopefully our little help will lessen their burden.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya melihat para korban, (C) artinya mencari para korban, dan (D) artinya mengevakuasi para korban. This text is for questions 8 to 10.
This text is for questions 6 and 7. Attention, please. I believe you still remember the powerful earthquake which happened last week. The earthquake also happened in the areas where some students of this school live. Many houses there have destroyed, including the students’ houses. To show our sympathy to them, we will visit them next Saturday. We will also donate some money. Anyone who wants to donate some money may contact the OSIS chairperson, Hangga. Hopefully our little help will lessen their burden. Thank you. 6. Where do you possibly hear such an announcement? A. In a hospital. B. In a railway station. C. At school. D. In a parking lot.
68
UNIT 1 Narratives
Source: November 18, 2009
8. What is the purpose of the text? A. To inform something. B. To entertain the readers. C. To attract people’s attention. D. To advertise something. Jawaban: D Teks tersebut merupakan brosur tentang LASF. Tujuan brosur tersebut adalah mengiklankan sesuatu, yaitu LASF. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan tujuan teks tersebut. 9. When was LASF founded? A. In 1978. B. In 1979. C. In 1980. D. In 1981. Jawaban: C Dalam brosur tersebut terdapat kalimatkalimat ”The 2005/06 school year marks the 25th anniversary of LASF. Since 1980, LASF has been providing core academic programs and educational enrichment to . . .”. Karena angkatan tahun 2005/2006 menandai ulang tahun ke-25 LASF, dapat disimpulkan bahwa LASF berdiri pada tahun 1980 (2005 – 25 = 1980). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan tahun yang tepat. 10. “. . . run by volunteers to benefit the children . . .” What does the word ‘volunteers’ mean? A. People who work for an organization without being paid. B. People who work for an organization with high salaries. C. People who work for a company. D. People who work for their government. Jawaban: A Kata ’volunteers’ artinya para sukarelawan/sukarelawati. Itu berarti (A) orang-orang yang bekerja untuk sebuah organisasi tanpa dibayar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinya orang-orang yang bekerja untuk sebuah organisasi dengan gaji tinggi. (C) disebut employees dan (D) disebut civil servants. This text is for questions 11 to 14. Little Mantu lived in a village deep in the jungle where elephants helped the men with their work. These elephants were so big and strong. They could lift up the heaviest logs with their trunks and toss them high in the air.
Now, Mantu had an elephant of his very own. His name was Opie. He was just a baby and Mantu loved him very much. Mantu whispered to Opie’s ear that someday he would become the biggest, strongest and bravest elephant in the jungle. The other elephants heard this. They began to laugh and made rude noises with their trunks. “We’re so big and tall, but you’re so small. You’re nothing at all,” said one of the big elephants. Mantu looked up at the huge elephant with a mischievous glint in his eye. “You’re so tall and can see far away. We can see what is happening down here in the jungle. In fact, we would be the first to see any slithering snakes that may be a danger.” After hearing the word snakes, the elephants screeched and off they went thundering in fright. “Did I say there were snakes?” giggled Mantu. “No, I don’t think so,” smiled Opie. Mantu then climbed upon his little friend’s back and went home to the village to tell everyone about the foolish elephants. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
11. What is the text about? A. Mantu and his elephant. B. Mantu and his elephants. C. Elephants in the jungle. D. A little elephant. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut menceritakan Mantu dan gajah kecilnya yang bernama Opie (kalimat: Now, Mantu had an elephant of his very own. His name was Opie.). Dalam teks tersebut diceritakan bagaimana Mantu membantu gajah kecilnya saat berargumen dengan gajah-gajah yang lain. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) salah karena Mantu hanya memiliki satu gajah kecil, (C) dan (D) salah karena hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung. 12. Why did the other elephants laugh at what Mantu had said? A. Because Opie was clever. B. Because Opie was big. C. Because Opie was strong. D. Because Opie was small.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
69
Jawaban: D Dalam kalimat keenam dan ketujuh paragraf dua dinyatakan ”They began to laugh and made rude noises with their trunks. ‘We’re so big and tall, but you’re so small. You’re nothing at all,’ said one of the big elephants.”. Jadi, gajah-gajah tersebut menertawakan bisikan Mantu kepada Opie karena Opie masih sangat kecil dan bukan apa-apa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. 13. What did Mantu say to defend Opie? A. He said that Opie was big and strong. B. He said that they could see slithering snakes. C. He said that they could get rid of snakes. D. He said that Opie could lift heavy logs. Jawaban: B Saat gajah-gajah yang lain menertawakan Opie yang bertubuh kecil, Mantu berkata, ”You’re so tall and can see far away. We can see what is happening down here in the jungle. In fact, we would be the first to see any slithering snakes that may be a danger.”. Jadi, Mantu membela Opie dengan mengatakan bahwa karena tubuh mereka kecil, mereka dapat melihat ularular yang melingkar yang mungkin berbahaya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 14. “. . . with a mischievous glint in his eye.” (Paragraph 3) The bold-typed word has similar meaning to ________. A. generous B. honest C. naughty D. smart Jawaban: C Kata ’mischievous’ artinya nakal/jahat. Kata tersebut bermakna sama dengan kata ’naughty’ yang artinya nakal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya murah hati, (B) artinya jujur, dan (D) artinya cerdas. 15. two – library – last week – borrowed – the 1
2
3
4
– in – books – Alya – school 6
70
7
UNIT 1 Narratives
8
9
5
The best arrangement of the jumbled words is ________. A. 8–4–5–7–6–1–9–2–3 B. 8–4–1–7–6–5–9–2–3 C. 8–4–5–2–7–6–9–1–3 D. 8–6–5–9–4–1–7–2–3 Jawaban: B Susunan kata yang tepat adalah ”Alya borrowed two books in the school library last week.” yang artinya ”Alya meminjam dua buku di perpustakaan sekolah minggu yang lalu.”. This text is for questions 16 to 20. The Story of the Cock and the Hen Once upon a time in the very old days the cock and the hen were jungle fowl, and did not know village life at all. They lived in the jungle and were feared by all the animals, because they had large red combs on their heads. They also said that these combs were full of fire. All the animals there were very much afraid of fire, so the cock and the hen ruled the jungle. If ever one of the animals displeased them, they said, “If you do not do what I want, I will burn you with my comb. Do you not see that it is red-hot?” One day the old mother leopard came home and found that the fire in her kitchen had gone out. She said to her little cub, “Run to the cock’s house and ask him to give you a few glowing bits of charcoal to make our fire.” The cub went obediently, but he found the cock and the hen both sound asleep. He was afraid to wake them. The mother leopard said, “Take a little dry grass and creep up softly to the cock and light the grass from his comb.” But the cub was afraid to go alone, so his mother went with him. They crept up to the sleeping cock and hen, and gently put the dry grass against their combs. However, it did not light, and the grass was not even scorched. The mother leopard put out her paw and touched them. The combs were quite cold; although, they looked red-hot. Then she knew that the cock and hen had been telling lies all these years. She roared with laughter and woke them up, and she said, “Now I know that you didn’t tell us the truth. Your combs are quite cold. There is no fire in them.
The animals will not fear you any more. I am going to tell them all about it.” The cock and hen did not wait to hear what the jungle thought about it. They packed up their things and ran away to a nearby village. Since that day they never returned to the jungle. They have always lived with men. They like being safely shut up at night, for even now the leopards have not forgotten, and kill them if they find them out at night. Source: November 16, 2009
16. What did the cock and the hen say to make the animals fear them? A. They were kings of the beasts. B. They could kill other animals easily. C. They had full of fire red-hot combs. D. They had charcoal to make fire. Jawaban: C Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat kedua dan ketiga paragraf satu ”They lived in the jungle and were feared by all the animals, because they had large red combs on their heads. They also said that these combs were full of fire.”. Jadi, yang membuat hewan-hewan di hutan takut pada ayam jantan dan ayam jago adalah karena mereka memiliki jengger merah di kepala, dan mereka mengatakan bahwa jengger tersebut berisi api. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 17. What did mother leopard ask her cub to do? A. To ask the cock some charcoal. B. To wake up the cock. C. To ask the cock to make fire. D. To take a nap. Jawaban: A Dalam kalimat kedua paragraf tiga dinyatakan ”She said to her little cub, ‘Run to the cock’s house and ask him to give you a few glowing bits of charcoal to make our fire.’”. Kata ’she’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada ibu macan tutul. Jadi, anak macan tutul tersebut disuruh ibunya untuk minta arang pada ayam jantan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinya untuk membangunkan ayam jantan, (C) artinya untuk meminta ayam
jantan membuat api, dan (D) artinya untuk tidur sebentar. 18. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The cock had a red comb on its head. B. The mother leopard’s fire stopped burning fire. C. Finally the mother leopard knew the cock’s lie. D. Finally the cock stayed in the jungle. Jawaban: D Setelah kebohongannya terbongkar, ayam jantan pergi meninggalkan hutan (kalimat: The cock and hen did not wait to hear what the jungle thought about it. They packed up their things and ran away to a nearby village.). Jadi, pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf enam. 19. “. . .; although, they looked red-hot.” (Paragraph 5) What does the word ‘they’ refer to? A. The leopards. B. The combs. C. The leopard and her cub. D. The animals. Jawaban: B Kata ’they’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada jengger (the combs). Hal itu disimpulkan dari klausa sebelumnya ”The combs were quite cold, . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. (A) artinya macan tutul, (C) artinya macan tutul dan anaknya, dan (D) artinya hewan-hewan itu. 20. “. . . and gently put the dry grass . . .” (Paragraph 5) The word ‘gently’ has opposite meaning to ________. A. harshly B. softly C. carefully D. loudly Jawaban: A Kata ’gently’ artinya dengan hati-hati/ lemah lembut. Kata tersebut berlawanan arti dengan kata ’harshly’ yang artinya
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
71
dengan kasar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinya dengan lembut, (C) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan (D) artinya dengan keras. B.
Complete the text with the correct words from the box.
a. c. e.
fire quench dull
b. d. f.
could horse tied
The Thief and the Fox A man (1) ________ his horse to a tree and went into an inn. A thief hid the horse in a wood, and stood near the tree as if he had not done it. “Did you see my (2) ________?” said the man. “Yes,” said the thief, “I saw the tree eat up your horse.” “How (3) ________ the tree eat up my horse?” said the man.
“Why, it did so,” said the thief. The two went to a fox and told him about the case. The fox said, “I am (4) ________. All last night the sea was on (5) ________; I had to throw a great deal of hay into it to quench the flames; so come tomorrow, and I shall hear your case.” “Oh, you lie,” said the thief, “How could the sea burn? How could hay (6) ________ the flames?” “Oh, you lie,” said the fox, with a loud laugh, “How could a tree eat up a horse?” The thief saw his lie had no legs, and gave the man his horse. Source: November 16, 2009
Jawaban: 1. f 2. 5. a 6.
d c
3.
b
4.
e
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
72
UNIT 1 Narratives
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
This dialog is for question 1. Riani : We have an assignment to write a narrative. Do you have any ideas, Adit? Adit : What about writing an Indonesian folktale? Riani : That’s a good idea. What story will we write then? Adit : I think the story of Suroboyo is interesting. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. An assignment to write a folktale. B. An assignment to write a narrative. C. An assignment to write an Indonesian folktale. D. An assignment to write the story of Suroboyo. This dialog is for question 2. Mother : Would you like something to eat, Dion? Dion : Yeah. That’s very kind of you. Mother : Which one do you prefer? Porridge or fried rice? Dion : Well . . . I prefer porridge to fried rice, Mom. Thanks. 2. What does Mother offer? A. Food. B. Drink. C. Snacks. D. Candies. This dialog is for question 3. Arin : You look very sad. What happened, Robin? Robin : I lost my school fee in the bus and I’m afraid of telling it to our parents. Arin : Don’t worry. I’ll help you tell Mom and Dad about it. Robin : Thank you very much. 3. Who are speaking in the dialog? A. Two friends. B. Two schoolmates. C. A sister and a brother. D. A mother and a son.
This text is for questions 4 and 5. The beasts and the fishes once came to an agreement that they should exchange places for some time by way of variety. Did you know what happened then? Most of the beasts that got into the sea, not being able to breathe, soon died by myriads, or were devoured by the sea monsters. So the others with difficulty came to the shore and met the remaining fishes, who had just arrived from the interior of the country. Said the fishes, “Oh, let us go back to our home, the sea!” and darted into the water. Said the beasts, “Oh, let us go back to our home, the land!” and jumped ashore. A sage, who had been witnessing the scene, said, “When will you change places again?” “Never more! never more!” said both. Said the sage, “Each does best in his own element.” Source: November 16, 2009
4. What is the text about? A. A fight between the beasts and the fishes. B. Arrogant beasts and fishes. C. The difficulty of living in the water. D. The beasts and fishes’ agreement to exchange places. 5. Why did the beasts die? A. They couldn’t breathe in the sea. B. They were difficult to come to the shore. C. They were afraid of sea monsters. D. They were not able to jump ashore. This text is for questions 6 and 7. Attention, please. One of our classmates, Tito, has got a dengue fever. He has been hospitalized for about two days. I think we had better visit him today. What do you think? Thank you.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
73
6. Who do you think says the announcement? A. A teacher. B. A class captain. C. A principal. D. A doctor. 7. What is the announcement about? A. A student who is sick. B. A teacher who is hospitalized. C. A visit to a hospital. D. A dengue fever. This text is for questions 8 to 10. Alpha Real Capital India
8. What is the brochure about? A. A company. B. An investment. C. A shopping center. D. A real estate business. 9. The following are the sectors of the company’s investment, except ________. A. residentials B. hotels C. airports D. shopping centers 10. “. . . and business park environments on flexible terms.” (Paragraph 1) What is the antonym of the word ‘flexible’? A. Smooth. B. Harsh. C. Elastic. D. Rigid.
Picture source: November 18, 2009
Alpha Real Capital India has established a strong local team in India, led by Brad Bauman, CEO (India). Alpha is a leading global investment and development group. It provides high quality, long-term solutions for occupiers in India. Alpha is able to mitigate risk for occupiers by delivering first-class workplaces and business park environments on flexible terms. Alpha has bespoken real estate operational solutions for leading international companies. Alpha’s principal focus is the development of business parks and business park-led mixed use and township projects across India. The company also invests in office, mixed use/residential, hotels and serviced apartments and has extensive experience developing, owning and operating business parks, shopping centers and other commercial properties. Source: November 18, 2009
74
UNIT 1 Narratives
This text is for questions 11 to 14. Far off in the jungle, by the misty springs, Lion was taking a walk by himself. Surprisingly, he was wearing a hot thick raincoat that he could not take off. Tiger, Lion’s friend, was walking in the jungle too. “My dear friend, Lion, what are you doing in that hot thick raincoat on such a lovely day as this?” asked Tiger. “Well,” Lion started out, “it was this morning, I put this raincoat on. I really don’t remember why I put it on. I guess I just thought it might all of a sudden rain.” Tiger shook his head and said, “Please don’t try to tell me you think it is going to rain today. The clouds aren’t even what I call thin.” Lion’s eyes widened. He forced himself into thinking that he was going to wear this sweating hot raincoat on such a lovely warm October day. “Oh, no,” cried Lion. “Do not worry at all my friend,” Tiger explained, “you simply cut off some of your sleeves and pants.” “Great solution!” exploded excited Lion. He thanked his friend and ran home. He was so excited that he cut off all his sleeves and pants. Then, he jumped out the door and felt the warm sunshine. Eventually, the clouds rolled over the sun and it began to rain. Lion, shocked by his foolishness, prayed for the rain to stop. But the storm raged on, and Lion darted home with a soaking wet body and a soaking wet tail that
dragged along behind him. When the storm stopped, there were only miles and miles of muddy puddles. Floating in one of the pondsized puddles, there was a small bit of tattered cloth that had covered Lion’s tail. Source: November 16, 2009
11. What was Lion wearing? A. A thin raincoat. B. A thick raincoat. C. A big hat. D. A thick cloth. 12. Why did Lion wear it? A. He thought that the day was very hot. B. He wanted to show it to his friends. C. He thought that it would rain. D. He was very proud wearing it. 13. What is the main idea of paragraph 5? A. Tiger’s suggestion to solve Lion’s problem. B. Lion’s reason why he wore a raincoat. C. Lion’s regret after he did what Tiger had suggested. D. Tiger’s comment on Lion’s appearance. 14. “. . . and Lion darted home with a soaking wet body . . .” (Paragraph 7) What does the word ‘darted’ mean? A. Walked slowly. B. Walked suddenly. C. Move slowly. D. Move suddenly and quickly. 15. its – yesterday – company – a – advertised 1
2
3
4
5
– newspaper – the – in – products 6
7
8
9
The best arrangement of the jumbled words is ________. A. 4–3–6–5–1–9–8–7–2 B. 7–3–5–1–9–8–4–6–2 C. 7–3–5–9–8–1–6–4–2 D. 7–9–5–1–6–3–8–4–2 This text is for questions 16 to 20. In a tiny village in Trinidad there lived an old woman who made the most delicious sweets. People would come from all around just to buy her candies at the village’s market.
One day, while walking to market, the old lady stubbed her toe on a stone and dropped her gourd to the ground. The gourd split open and her coconut cakes spilled everywhere. “Oh, look at this trouble here,” she said. “I can’t believe what trouble I’ve got. Now I’ll have to go right back home!” Monkey was sitting in a tree above the road and saw and heard everything. As the old woman left he began to grow curious about her trouble. He scurried down the tree and went to the trouble sprawled across the road. He tasted one of the coconut cakes and exclaimed, “This trouble is most delicious! I shall go buy some more for myself!” Monkey marched right into town and went to the nearest merchant. “I’d like to buy some trouble,” he said. The merchant looked strangely at the little creature and asked, “Do you know what trouble is?” “Yes, yes,” Monkey said impatiently. “Give me all you have and be quick about it.” The shopkeeper shook his head with a little smile and soon brought out a large bag. Monkey paid for it and left. As he dragged the bag down the road, he began to grow tired. “My my, but this trouble is heavy. And what strange sounds it makes.” He eventually came to a clearing and decided to open the bag and enjoy his treat. Licking his lips, he loosened the top of the bag. Suddenly a fierce bear burst from the bag. Poor Monkey ran up the nearest tree and sat on a high branch, shaking with fear as the bear chased him. He grew hungrier and hungrier and eventually picked a strange fruit from above his head. He stuffed it in his mouth, not knowing that he was in a pepper tree. Oh! How that pepper burned his poor little mouth. And he could not go get water until the bear left the tree. Eventually the bear did leave and Monkey was able to run to a nearby pond to cool his burning tongue. And to this day Monkey stays high up in the treetops, far away from trouble. Adapted from: November 8, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
75
16. Why was the monkey interested in looking for troubles? A. He liked to have troubles. B. He found many troubles in his life. C. He did not find troubles in his life. D. He tasted some cakes that he thought as troubles. 17. What real trouble did the monkey get? A. He got more candies spread on the road. B. He got a large bag from a shopkeeper. C. He was chased by a fierce bear. D. He should climb a pepper tree. 18. The following statements are TRUE according to the text, except ________. A. the woman dropped her gourd deliberately B. the monkey thought that the cakes were troubles C. the shopkeeper gave the monkey a large bag D. the monkey ate pepper and burned his mouth 19. “Monkey paid for it and left.” (Paragraph 9) The word ‘it’ refers to ________. A. a cake B. a bear C. a trouble D. a bag 20. “Licking his lips, he loosened the top of the bag.” (Paragraph 12) What does the word ‘loosen’ have opposite meaning to? A. Free. B. Open. C. Tighten. D. Close.
76
UNIT 1 Narratives
B.
1.
Put the following paragraphs in the proper order to get a good text. The Ducks and the Fox The next day the duck that had wanted to go to the pond another way said, “Please, let’s go the other way. If we go the same way, that fox will surely eat us.” “Oh, don’t be such a worry wart,” snapped the biggest duck.
2.
Once there were two ducks that always walked along the same road each day to go to the pond. As they went along, one of the ducks quacked to the other, “Why don’t we go on a different path today? There are lots of other roads that lead to the pond.”
3.
The next day the ducks took another road to the pond because they were both still in shock over what the fox had done to them the day before.
4.
“No, no, no. I have always gone this way and I am not about to change my ways,” said the bigger duck.
5.
So they both had gone the same way that they always had, and there was the fox waiting for them with a sack in his paw. As soon as the ducks walked by, the fox pounced on them. The ducks ran screaming back to their house.
6.
As the ducks walked along they came upon a very sly fox. “Hello, ladies. How are you doing?” “Oh, we are just on our way to the pond,” the ducks continued to waddle quickly to the pond. Source: November 16, 2009
Jawaban Review Unit 1 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal Riani ”We have an assignment to write a narrative. Do you have any ideas, Adit?”. Jadi, percakapan tersebut membicarakan mengenai tugas menulis teks naratif. Siswa bebas memilih jenis teks naratif yang akan ditulis. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan jenis teks naratif yang akan mereka tulis. 2. A. Ibu menawarkan sesuatu dengan mengatakan, ”Would you like something to eat, Dion?” dan ”Which one do you prefer? Porridge or fried rice?”. Kata-kata kunci dalam percakapan tersebut adalah ’something to eat’, ’porridge’, ’fried rice’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa ibu menawarkan makanan (food). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 3. C. Dalam percakapan Robin berkata, ”I lost my school fee in the bus and I’m afraid of telling it to our parents.”. Kata kunci dalam kalimat tersebut adalah ’our parents’ yang artinya orang tua kita. Jadi, yang bercakap-cakap tersebut adalah seorang saudara perempuan dan saudara laki-laki (a sister and a brother). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi percakapan. 4. D. Teks tersebut mengenai perjanjian binatang buas dan ikan untuk bertukar tempat tinggal. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awal teks ”The beasts and the fishes once came to an agreement that they should exchange places for some time by way of variety.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pertarungan antara binatang buas dan ikan, (B) artinya binatang buas dan ikan yang sombong, dan (C) artinya kesulitan hidup di dalam air. 5. A. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat dalam teks ”Most of the beasts that got into the sea, not being able to breathe, soon died by myriads, or were devoured by the sea monsters.”. Jadi, yang menjadi sebab meninggalnya binatang buas adalah karena mereka tidak dapat
6. B.
7. A.
8. D.
9. C.
10. D.
bernapas atau mereka dimakan monster laut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (C) salah karena kematian binatang buas tersebut bukan karena takut akan monster laut, tetapi karena dimakan monster laut, sedangkan (B) artinya mereka sulit naik ke daratan dan (D) artinya mereka tidak dapat melompat ke daratan. Dalam pengumuman tersebut terdapat kalimat ”One of our classmates, Tito, has got a dengue fever.” yang artinya ”Salah satu teman sekelas kita, Tito, sakit demam berdarah.”. Karena mengumumkan tentang teman sekelas, dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang mengumumkan hal tersebut adalah ketua kelas (a class captain). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pengumuman tersebut berisi pemberitahuan bahwa ada seorang siswa yang sakit demam berdarah dan dirawat di rumah sakit. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat ”One of our classmates, Tito, has got a dengue fever. He has been hospitalized for about two days.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi pengumuman. Teks tersebut merupakan brosur yang menawarkan usaha hunian (real estate). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf satu ”It provides high quality, long-term solutions for occupiers in India.” serta kalimat pertama paragraf dua ”Alpha has bespoken real estate operational solutions for leading international companies.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan pendukung brosur. Dalam paragraf ketiga dinyatakan ”The company also invests in office, mixed use/residential, hotels and serviced apartments and has extensive experience developing, owning and operating business parks, shopping centers and other commercial properties.”. Jadi, yang bukan merupakan investasi perusahaan tersebut adalah bandara (airports). Kata ’flexible’ artinya fleksibel/mudah disesuaikan. Lawan dari kata tersebut
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
77
11. B.
12. C.
13. A.
14. D.
15. B.
16. D.
78
adalah ’rigid’ yang artinya kaku. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya halus, (B) artinya kasar, dan (C) artinya elastis/luwes. Kalimat kedua paragraf satu adalah ”Surprisingly, he was wearing a hot thick raincoat that he could not take off.”. Jadi, yang dikenakan Singa adalah sebuah jas hujan yang tebal (a thick raincoat). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Saat Harimau bertanya mengapa Singa memakai jas hujan yang tebal tersebut, Singa menjawab, ”I really don’t remember why I put it on. I guess I just thought it might all of a sudden rain.”. Jadi, alasan Singa memakai jas hujan yang tebal adalah karena ia mengira bahwa hujan akan turun secara tibatiba. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya ia berpikir bahwa hari sangat panas, (B) artinya ia ingin menunjukkan jas hujan tersebut kepada temantemannya, dan (D) artinya ia sangat bangga mengenakan jas hujan tersebut. Paragraf lima berbunyi ”‘Do not worry at all my friend,’ Tiger explained, ‘you simply cut off some of your sleeves and pants.’”. Kalimat-kalimat tersebut merupakan saran Harimau untuk memecahkan masalah yang dihadapi Singa, yaitu tidak dapat melepaskan jas hujan yang dikenakannya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) merupakan isi paragraf dua, (C) merupakan isi paragraf terakhir, dan (D) merupakan isi paragraf satu. Kata ’darted’ artinya bergerak dengan tiba-tiba dan cepat (move suddenly and quickly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan makna kata tersebut; (A) artinya berjalan pelan-pelan, (B) artinya berjalan dengan tiba-tiba, dan (C) artinya bergerak pelan-pelan. Susunan kata yang tepat adalah (B) the company advertised its products in a newspaper yesterday yang artinya perusahaan itu mengiklankan produkproduknya di surat kabar kemarin. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan susunan yang logis. Kera tersebut tertarik untuk mencari ’masalah’ (trouble) setelah makan kue
UNIT 1 Narratives
17. C.
18. A.
19. D.
20. C.
yang lezat yang ia pikir bernama trouble. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat kedua paragraf lima ”He tasted one of the coconut cakes and exclaimed, ’This trouble is most delicious! I shall go buy some more for myself!’”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Saat kera meminta trouble pada penjaga toko, penjaga toko memberikan sebuah kotak besar berisi beruang buas. Beruang tersebut mengejar sang kera saat kera membuka tutup kotak. Jadi, trouble yang benar-benar diperoleh kera adalah dikejar beruang yang buas. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (A) yang artinya wanita tersebut menjatuhkan labu manisnya dengan sengaja. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf dua ”One day, while walking to market, the old lady stubbed her toe on a stone and dropped her gourd to the ground.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks; (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf lima, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf sembilan, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat pada paragraf tiga belas. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada tas (a bag). Hal itu disimpulkan dari objek kalimat sebelumnya ”The shopkeeper shook his head with a little smile and soon brought out a large bag.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat; (A) artinya kue, (B) artinya beruang, dan (C) artinya masalah. Kata ’loosen’ artinya melepaskan/ mengendurkan. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata ’tighten’ yang artinya mengencangkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya membebaskan, (B) artinya membuka, dan (D) artinya menutup.
B. Esai Jawaban: Susunan paragraf yang tepat adalah 2–4–6–1–5–3.
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 The Parrot There was once a grocer who had a beautiful parrot with green feathers. It hung in a cage at his shop door. It was a very shrewd, sensible bird and very observing. But it was a female, and as such could not hold its tongue. It proclaimed aloud all that it knew, announcing to everyone who entered the shop the little circumstances which had fallen under its observation. One day the parrot observed its master sanding the sugar. Presently in came a woman and asked for some brown sugar. “Sand in the sugar! Sand in the sugar!” vociferated the bird, and the customer pocketed her money and rushed out of the shop. The indignant grocer rushed to the cage and shook it well. “You abominable bird, if you tell tales again, I will wring your neck!” And again he shook the cage till the poor creature was all ruffled, and a cloud of its feathers was flying about the shop. Next day it saw its master mixing cocoa powder with brick dust. Presently in came a customer for cocoa powder. “Brick dust in the cocoa!” cried the parrot, eagerly and repeatedly, till the astonished customer believed it, and went away without his cocoa. A repetition of the shaking of the cage ensued, with a warning that such another instance of tale-telling should certainly be punished with death. The parrot made internal resolutions never to speak again. Presently, however, it observed its master making shop butter of lard colored with a little turmeric. In came a lady and asked for butter. “Nice fresh butter, ma’am, fresh from the dairy,” said the shopman. “Lard in the butter! Lard in the butter!” said the parrot. “You scoundrel, you!” exclaimed the shopman, rushing at the cage. Opening it, drawing forth the luckless bird, and wringing its neck, he cast it into the ash pit. But the parrot the was not quite dead, and after lying quiet for a few minutes, she lifted up her head and saw a dead cat in the pit. “Halloo!” called the parrot. “What is the matter with you, Tom?” No answer, for the vital spark of heavenly flame had quitted the mortal frame of the poor cat. “Dead!” sighed the parrot. “Poor Tom! He too must have been afflicted with the love of truth. Ah, me!” The parrot sat up and tried her wings. “They are sound. Great is truth in my own country, but in this dingy England it is at a discount, and lies are at a premium.” Then spreading her wings, the parrot flew away. But whether she ever reached her own land, where truth was regarded with veneration, I have not heard. No, the parrot flew twice round the world in search of it, and could not find it. I wonder whether the parrot has found it now! Source: November 16, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
79
Text 2 Tortoise and Eagle The Tortoise and the Eagle very rarely met, for Eagle was at home in the clouds and Tortoise was at home on the ground. One day, though, Eagle heard how generous and kind Tortoise was and decided to pay him a visit. Tortoise was indeed kind and generous, for he invited Eagle in and fed him a most lavish meal. Eagle gorged on the delicious food and ate for several hours. In fact, the meal was so delicious that Eagle came back again and again, eating like a glutton each time. And every time he flew off he would laugh to himself, “Ha ha! I have shared Tortoise’s hospitality, but he can never reach my tree to share mine!” Eagle was so greedy that soon the other animals began to speak of it. One day Frog went to Tortoise to offer him his advice. “Tortoise,” said Frog, “Eagle is taking advantage of your generosity. Every time he leaves your home he laughs to himself and says, “Ha ha! I have shared Tortoise’s hospitality, but he can never reach my tree to share mine!” Then Frog told him what to do. The next time Eagle came to visit, Tortoise said, “Please, brother, let me give you a gourd full of food to take home to your wife and children.” Eagle was quick to accept this gift and waited impatiently while Tortoise went off to collect it. In the kitchen, where Eagle couldn’t see, Tortoise climbed into the gourd and his wife helped to pile food on top of him. When they were done, he was no longer visible, and the gourd appeared to be overflowing with tasty treats. Eagle took the gourd home and dumped the contents out on his floor. Out rolled Tortoise who said, “Hello, Eagle. I thought it would be a nice change to visit you. I look forward to sharing a meal with you.” Eagle was furious and said, “You will be the only meal here, Tortoise!” But as he tried to peck the little creature, he only managed to hurt his own beak on Tortoise’s hard shell. “I see what kind of friend you are, Eagle, to threaten to eat me,” said Tortoise. “I think it would be best for you to take me home now.” “I’ll throw you to the ground and watch you smash into little pieces,” screamed the bird, and flew off into the sky with Tortoise in his claws. Unfortunately for Eagle, Tortoise had clamped onto his leg with an unbreakable grip and wouldn’t let go. Eagle tried to fling him off but couldn’t. He shrieked and begged. “Oh please, please, Tortoise! Let go of my leg!” Tortoise simply replied, “I will be happy to do so when you have returned me to my home.” Eagle tried and tried to throw Tortoise off, but in the end, he had no choice but to return him to his home. Once there, Tortoise released his hold and calmly walked to his door. Before going back in, he turned to Eagle and said, “Friendship requires the contribution of two people. I welcome you into my home and you welcome me. Instead, you have chosen to abuse this hospitality. You need not return here anymore.” And then he went inside, leaving Eagle to think about his selfishness. Source: November 16, 2009
80
UNIT 1 Narratives
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ● open, extend and close a telephone call, ● show attention, ● deliver spoken news, ● deliver personal experiences using spoken English, ● write letters, ● write recounts about personal experiences, and ● use modals correctly.
Have you ever made a telephone call in English? How do you make the call? What do you usually say for the opening and closing? Do you know how to extend a phone call? In this unit, you will find the answers of those questions. You will learn kinds of expressions to open, maintain and close a telephone call and their uses in conversations. After that, in this unit you will also be encouraged to share your personal experiences. Do you know that every time you write your experience, you write a recount? You will learn more about the structure and the characteristics of this text.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
81
2.1 Expressions
Opening, Extending and Closing a Telephone Call Read the following dialogs.
1
Hello, may I speak to Bagas, please?
Bagas speaking. Who’s this?
2
It’s me, Eka.
Hi, Eka. What’s up, buddy?
Well, I want to ask you about our biology project. Can we discuss it this afternoon in my house?
O.K. I’ll wait for you then. Bye.
Sure. No problem.
Bye.
In the dialogs above, Eka and Bagas have a conversation by phone. The sentences “Hello, may I speak to Bagas, please?” and “Bagas speaking.” are used to open a phone call. Meanwhile, the sentences “O.K. I’ll wait for you then. Bye.” and “Bye.” are used to close a phone call. Here are some other expressions used to open a phone call, say the purpose of calling and close a phone call. Opening a Phone Call Answering the Phone Hello? (informal) ● Good morning/afternoon/evening. ● Pizza Mania. How can I help you? ● Doctor Bono’s office. What can I help you? ●
Introducing Yourself ● Hey, Vera. It’s Lisa calling. (informal) ● Hello, this is Indra Setiawan calling. ● This is Linda speaking.* ● Anne speaking here.* (* The person who is answering says this if the caller does not recognize his/her voice.) Asking to Speak to Someone ● Is Doni in? (informal) ● Can I talk to your sister? (informal) ● Would the doctor be in/available?
82
UNIT 2 Recounts
● ●
Is Andrew there, please? (informal) May I speak with Mr. Green, please?
Saying the Purpose of Calling ● ● ● ● ●
I am calling to tell you that . . . . Listen! There’s something I want to tell you. Sorry for bothering you. But, I need your help. Will you . . . ? I have something to inform you. I have a story and I bet you’ll like it. Closing a Phone Call
● ● ● ● ● ●
Well, I guess I’d better get going. Talk to you soon. Thanks for calling. Bye for now. I have another call coming through. I’d better run. I’m afraid that’s my other line. I’ll talk to you again soon. Bye. Will you please call me back in an hour? I am in the middle of cooking.
Showing Attention Read the following dialog. Did you watch “The Relick” last night?
Yeah. That was very terrifying. I couldn’t imagine if it really happened.
I’m so sorry I couldn’t watch it. I was very sleepy. Were you?
The bold typed sentence “Were you?” shows someone’s attention. It means that the speaker pays attention to what her friend says. Here are some expressions to show that you are listening. Showing Attention ● ● ● ● ● ●
Right . . . /I see . . . /Hmm . . . . You do, don’t you? I know how you feel. Really? That’s surely true. Tell me, what’s wrong?
● ● ● ● ● ●
Oh, no./Oh, dear. I know what you mean. Do you?/Is it?/Has it?/Does it? Were they? Wow! It’s a very long time. That’s great!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
83
Answer the following questions. 1.
2. 3.
A.
What expressions have you learned in Unit 1? Jawaban: Expressions of asking for, giving and declining opinions; asking for, giving and refusing help; asking for, giving and refusing things. You feel thirsty. Luckily, your friend brings some drink and you ask for it. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Rina, may I ask your drink? I’m thirsty.” You only have a little money left. It’s not enough to pay the bus fare. Then, you ask for your friend’s ride. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Could you give me a ride home, Don? I don’t have enough money to pay for the bus fare.”
Listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions below.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Vito : Hello? Vito speaking. Dina : Hi, Vito. It’s Dina. Is Ratna in? Vito : No, she just stepped out for a moment. Can I take a message? Dina : Yes, thanks. Could you ask her to meet me at the Premier movie theater at 6:30 p.m. tonight? Vito : Wait. Just let me write that down. Now, could you repeat it, please? Dina : Sure. It’s the Premier Theater at six thirty this evening. Vito : O.K., I’ve got it. Is there anything else? Dina : No, that’s all. Vito : O.K. Um . . . sorry, there’s my other line again. I’d better run. Dina : O.K., thanks. Bye for now. Vito : Bye. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
84
Who receives the call? Jawaban: Vito does. Is Ratna at home? How do you know? Jawaban: No, she isn’t. From Vito’s statement, “No, she just stepped out for a moment.” What is Dina’s message for Ratna? Jawaban: She asks Ratna to meet her at the Premier movie theater at 6:30 p.m. tonight. What are Dina and Ratna going to do this evening? Jawaban: They are going to see a film. Vito said, “Um . . . sorry, there’s my other line again. I’d better run.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He wants to end the phone call.
UNIT 2 Recounts
Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Sandra : Hi, Danang. Danang : Hi, Sandra. What’s news? Sandra : Nothing. Anyway, did you watch the film on TV last night? Danang : No. Was it good? Sandra : Totally. You just missed a good film. Danang : Did I? Well, you have to tell me about it, then. Sandra : No problem. At the break, O.K.? Danang : That’s fine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______
The speakers are talking about the film on TV last night. Danang watched the film last night. Sandra thinks that the film is good. Danang would like to know the film. Sandra will tell Danang about the film after school.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (He did not watch the film.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (She will tell the boy about the film at the break.) B.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Tania : Hi, Diah. (1) Long time no see. How are you? Diah : Hi, Tania. As you see, I’m just fine. And you look well too. Anyway, (2) how’s life with you? Tania : Recently, (3) I’m quite busy with school stuff. You know, doing homework and taking exams. What about you? Diah : Not far different. Tania, do you remember Joni, our old friend? I heard (4) he continued his study in Australia. Tania : Did he? You must (5) get wrong information. He’s never been to Australia. Dialog 2 Mia : Hello. Mia speaking. Diane : Hello, Mia. This is Diane. (1) May I speak to Andre, please? Mia : I’m sorry, but he’s gone out. (2) Would you like to leave a message?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
85
Diane : Yes. Please tell Andre that I won’t be able to come for taekwondo practice this afternoon. (3) I’ve sprained my ankle. Please tell him to inform Mr. Suroso that I can’t have the practice for at least one week. Mia : Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. I hope your ankle gets better soon. Diane : Thank you, Mia. Mia : Hold on, please. (4) Have you seen a doctor? Diane : I haven’t. I don’t think it’s that bad. Mia : I think you’d better go to the doctor to check your ankle. Diane : Thanks for the advice, Mia. (5) See you then. Bye. Mia : You’re welcome. Bye. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Variasi: A. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task B. Dialog 1 1. Diah and Tania has not met each other for ________. 2. Recently, Tania is very busy with ________. 3. Joni is Diah and Tania’s ________. 4. Diah heard that Joni studies in ________. 5. According to Tania, the information that Diah heard about Joni could be ________.. Dialog 2 1. Diane makes a call and Mia ________ the call. 2. Andre is not at home, so Mia asks Diane to ________. 3. Diane cannot attend the taekwondo practice because of ________. 4. Diane will be absent from the practice for ________. 5. Mia suggests that Diane ________. Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. a long time 4. Australia
2. 5.
her school stuff wrong
Dialog 2 1. receives 3. her sprained ankle 5. goes to a doctor to check her ankle
3.
old friend
2. 4.
leave a message at least one week
B.
Read the following dialog. Answer your teacher’s questions about the dialog. A man : Good morning, Madam. We’re from PT Putra Jaya Abadi. We have a special offer for you. Mrs. Hilman : Good morning. What’s that? A man : You only need to buy 250,000 Rupiah for this electric stove and you’ll get a water purifier for free. Mrs. Hilman : I’m sorry. I am not interested in the equipment. The use of an electric stove will increase my electric bill. A man : Don’t get me wrong, Madam. This stove only needs small electricity. Look! Mrs. Hilman : Sorry. I’m busy right now. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
86
UNIT 2 Recounts
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What product is the man offering? 2. How much does the product cost? 3. What will the woman get for free if she buys the product? 4. Why is the woman not interested in the offer? 5. What does the woman say to end the conversation Jawaban: 1. An electric stove. 2. 250,000 Rupiah. 3. A water purifier. 4. She thinks that the use of an electric stove will increase her electric bill. 5. She says, “Sorry. I’m busy right now.” C.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. Saskia : Good afternoon, Doctor. Doctor : Good afternoon, Saskia. Please sit down. What’s your problem? Saskia : I’ve got a fever and headache since yesterday, Doctor. Doctor : O.K., let me examine you first. (After a while . . .) Saskia : So, Doctor, how is it? Doctor : Nothing serious. You’ve caught a cold. I suggest that you take a rest. Don’t drink some cold beverages. Also, please don’t eat fried food for a while. Saskia : All right, Doctor. 1.
Where does the dialog possibly take place? A. At home. B. At school. C. In a pharmacist. D. In a doctor’s room. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari panggilan Saskia kepada laki-laki lawan bicaranya, yaitu ’Doctor’, dan kata-kata kunci yang berkaitan dengan penyakit, seperti ’headache’, ’cold’, serta kata ’examine’ yang artinya memeriksa. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut berlangsung di ruangan dokter.
2.
Which is NOT the doctor’s suggestion to Saskia? A. Exercise a lot. B. Take a rest. C. Avoid fried food for a while. D. Avoid drinking cold beverages. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir yang diucapkan dokter itu, yaitu ”I suggest that you take a rest. Don’t drink some cold beverages. Also, please don’t eat fried food for a while.”. Jadi, yang bukan saran dokter itu adalah banyak berolahraga.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for question 3. Mother : What’s wrong with you, dear? You look pale. Riko : I’ve got a terrible headache, Mom. Mother : What? Wait here. Let me check your temperature. Oh, dear, you have a fever. Your temperature is quite high. Now, just take a rest and I’ll get you some medicine. Riko : Thanks, Mom. 3.
What does the boy suffer from? A. The flu. B. A fever. C. A sore throat. D. An eyesore. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan wanita itu, yaitu ”Let me check your temperature. Oh, dear, you have a fever.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki itu sakit demam (a fever).
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
87
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for question 5. Woman : Good morning. Puspita speaking. Boy : Hello, Ms. Puspita. This is Reno. I’m sorry, but I’m not feeling well today and I can’t come to the course.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for question 4. Boy : Hello. Girl : Hi, this is Lisa. Is Doni there? Boy : Sorry. He’s out. Can you call him back in an hour? Girl : O.K. Bye. 4.
What does the boy ask the girl to do? A. To call him back another day. B. To leave a message. C. To call him back in an hour. D. To call him back later. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya untuk menelepon kembali dalam satu jam, benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan anak laki-laki itu, yaitu ”Can you call him back in an hour?” yang artinya ”Dapatkan Anda meneleponnya satu jam lagi?”.
5.
Why can’t the boy come to the course? A. He is sick. B. He has another course. C. He does not like the course. D. He has something else to do. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan anak laki-laki itu, yaitu ”I’m sorry, but I’m not feeling well today and I can’t come to the course.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki itu tidak dapat mengikuti kursus karena sedang tidak enak badan atau sakit (he is sick).
A.
Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box.
a. c. e.
What happened then Well, it was great I met some of our schoolmates
Santi Dika Santi Dika
: : : :
Santi : Dika : Santi : Dika : Santi :
How lucky you were But . . . what
Hi, Ka. How was your weekend? (1) ________. Really? What did you do? I was hanging out in the mall alone last weekend, then (2) ________. They were having a small party in one of the restaurants there. Really? (3) ________? Some of them recognized me. Then, they asked me to join. At first I refused since I brought nothing. But . . . (4) ________? They said that it wasn’t a big deal. So, I was with them, having fun in the party. (5) ________!
Jawaban: 1. c 2.
88
b. d.
e
UNIT 2 Recounts
3.
a
4.
d
5.
b
Variasi: A.
1.
2.
B. a. c. e. g.
Read the complete dialog above. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the dialog. Who are talking in the dialog? A. A brother and a sister. B. A student and a teacher. C. A niece and her uncle. D. Schoolmates. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Santi bertanya kepada Dika tentang akhir pekannya. Keduanya belajar di sekolah yang sama, sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I met some of our schoolmates.”. Jadi, hubungan antara keduanya yang paling tepat adalah teman sekolah (schoolmates). What was Dika doing first in the mall? A. Buying something. B. Hanging out. C. Seeing a film. D. Going shopping. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I was hanging out in the mall alone last weekend, then . . . .”. Jadi, tujuan awal Dika berada di mal tersebut adalah untuk jalan-jalan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membeli sesuatu, (C) artinya menonton film, dan (D) artinya belanja.
3.
Whom did Dika meet in the mall? A. His schoolmates. B. His classmates. C. His pen friends. D. His relatives. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”I met some of our schoolmates.” yang artinya ”Saya bertemu beberapa teman sekolah kita.”.
4.
Why did Dika refuse to join the party? A. Because he did not like parties. B. Because he had something else to do. C. Because he did not bring anything. D. Because he did not know anyone in the party. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”At first I refused since I brought nothing.” yang artinya ”Awalnya saya menolak karena tidak membawa apa-apa.”.
5.
What happened to Dika at last? A. He did shopping alone. B. He hung out alone in the mall. C. He had a terrible weekend. D. He joined and enjoyed the party. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Dika, yaitu ”So, I was with them, having fun in the party.”. Jadi, pada akhirnya Dika ikut bergabung dalam pesta itu dan menikmati pesta (he joined and enjoyed the party). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box. I have a sore throat What about 8 in the morning I’m afraid he’s booked today It’s Vina Darmawan calling
Tiara : Ms. Darmawan : Tiara : Ms. Darmawan :
b. d. f. h.
See you Dr. Harun’s office O.K., thanks for calling That would be great
Good morning. (1) ________. How can I help you? Good morning, Tiara. (2) ________. How are you today? I’m fine, Ms. Darmawan. And you? Well, actually, (3) ________. I was hoping Dr. Harun would have some time to see me today.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
89
Tiara : Ms. Darmawan : Tiara : Ms. Darmawan : Tiara : Ms. Darmawan :
(4) ________. I can put you in tomorrow. How does that sound? (5) ________. What time? (6) ________? O.K., great. I’ll see him tomorrow then. (7) ________. See you then. You’re welcome. (8) ________.
Jawaban: 1. d 2.
3.
C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B.
g
a
4.
e
5.
h
6.
c
7.
f
8.
b
Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: Making an appointment to see a doctor. Who is Tiara actually? Jawaban: She is Dr. Harun’s receptionist. Why does Ms. Darmawan want to make an appointment with Dr. Harun? Jawaban: Because she gets a sore throat. Why cannot Ms. Darmawan see Dr. Harun today? Jawaban: Because he’s booked today. When will Ms. Darmawan see Dr. Harun? Jawaban: Tomorrow at 8 in the morning. In pairs, put the sentences in the correct order to make a good telephone talk.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa: Take-out Clerk ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
Can I have your name and address, please? Selera’s Pizza. How can I help you? O.K. And what would you like to order today? Is this for takeout or delivery? O.K. Thanks for calling. Bye. O.K., I’ve got it all down. Everything will be ninety thousand Rupiah. Large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms. O.K. Anything else? It will be about thirty minutes, Miss Wright.
Jawaban: Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer :
90
UNIT 2 Recounts
Customer ● ●
● ●
●
● ● ●
Delivery, please. I’d like a large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms. Hello, I’d like to order a pizza, please. Yes. Olives and extra cheese, please. My name is Diana Wright. I live at Jalan Kenari number two. And how much will it cost? O.K. Thank you. Bye for now. O.K. And how long will that be?
Selera’s Pizza. How can I help you? Hello, I’d like to order a pizza, please. Can I have your name and address, please? My name is Diana Wright. I live at Jalan Kenari number two. O.K. And what would you like to order today? I’d like a large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms. Large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms. O.K. Anything else? Yes. Olives and extra cheese, please.
Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk : Customer : Take-out Clerk :
Is this for takeout or delivery? Delivery, please. O.K., I’ve got it all down. And how much will it cost? Everything will be ninety thousand Rupiah. O.K. And how long will that be? It will be about thirty minutes, Miss Wright. O.K. Thank you. Bye for now. O.K. Thanks for calling. Bye.
Variasi: A.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog above? Correct the false ones. ______ Miss Wright calls to order pizza. ______ Miss Wright orders a large pepperoni pizza without mushrooms. ______ Miss Wright requests her pizza with olive and extra cheese. ______ The pizza costs Rp80,000. ______ Miss Wright will get her order thirteen minutes later.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (The customer orders a large pepperoni pizza with mushrooms.) 3. T 4. F (It costs Rp90,000.) 5. F (She will get her order thirty minutes later.) B. Rearrange the following sentences into a proper dialog. Kalimat-kalimat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 10 5 8 9 6 1 4 7 2 C. 1.
Mr. Johnson : Secretary : Mr. Johnson : Secretary : Mr. Johnson : Secretary : Mr. Johnson : Secretary :
This is Fred Johnson. I’m Jack’s friend. Goodbye. Yes. Can you ask him to give me a call? My number is 345-8965. O.K. I’ll make sure Mr. Parkins gets your message. Thank you. Goodbye. Could you repeat your number, please? Hello. Could I speak to Jack Parkins, please? Hold the line, please. I’ll put your call through. (After a moment)—I’m afraid he’s out at the moment. Can I take a message? Mr. Johnson : Certainly. That’s 345-8965. Secretary : Who’s calling, please?
Create dialogs based on the situations below. Raka calls Eka and Eka’s mother picks up the phone. She says that Eka is out. Then, Raka leaves a message for Eka that they both will have a study club in his house at 3 p.m. How would the dialog go?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
91
2.
You will have an extra class today. You forgot to tell your mother this morning about it. You know that your mother worries you if you come home late without any notification. You tell your friend about it. He/she listens to your story and he/she lends you his/her mobile phone to call your mother. How would the dialog go?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Eka’s mother : Hello, Hananto residence here. Can I help you? Raka : Hello, Mrs. Hananto. I am Raka. May I speak to Eka, please? Eka’s mother : Hello, Raka. I’m really sorry, Eka is out. Do you want to leave a message for him? Raka : Sure. Could you please tell him that I will be waiting for him to have a study club in my house at 3 this afternoon? Eka’s mother : O.K., I’ll let him know your message as soon as he comes home. Raka : Thanks, Ma’am. Goodbye. Eka’s mother : Goodbye, Raka. 2.
Your friend You Your friend You Your friend You Your friend
: : : : : : :
Donna, what happens? You look upset. Well, I forgot to tell my mother that we will have an extra class today. Did you? That’s right. I’m quite sure my mom will worry me if I don’t come home as usual. I’m sorry to hear that. Well, you can use my mobile phone to call your mother. Can I? Thanks, Ria. You’re welcome.
2.2 Genre
Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Let me tell you my experience during an earthquake last week. When the earthquake happened, I was in my car. I was driving home from my vacation to Bali. Suddenly, my car lurched to one side, to the left. I thought I got a flat tire. I did not know that it was an earthquake. I knew it was an earthquake when I saw some telephone and electricity poles falling down to the ground, like matchsticks. Then, I saw a lot of rocks tumbling across the road. I was trapped by the rocks. Even I could not move my car at all. There were rocks everywhere. There was nothing I could do but left the car and walked a long way to my house, in the town. When I reached my town, I was so surprised that there was almost nothing left. The earthquake made a lot of damage to my town. Although nothing was left, I thanked God that nobody was seriously injured. Source: November 28, 2009
The text above is a recount in spoken form. It functions to retell past events for the purpose of informing or entertaining.
92
UNIT 2 Recounts
Written Text Read the following text. My Bad Holiday
Orientation
I went to my uncle’s house in Batam last month on the long holiday. I stayed with Uncle Antasena and Aunt Firda and their son Seno. They live in a small house in the center of the city called Nagoya. I liked the house, but I didn’t like the area much because it was very noisy.
Events
My uncle and aunt were very nice. We visited Batam Center, Waterfront City and Nongsa Beach. The weather was hot all day long. Unfortunately, Seno and I disagreed on most things. He played loud music when I wanted to sleep. When his best friend came to stay, I had to sleep on the floor. When we went to a place called Galang Island, Seno didn’t want to go to the ex Vietnam camp, he wanted to go fishing on the Melur beach. So, I went to the ex-Vietnam camp on my own. I didn’t enjoy it.
Re-orientation
I can’t say I would like to go back to my uncle’s house. It wasn’t a nice holiday at all. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
The text above is a recount in written form. It is a text that tells us about what had happened in series of events in sequence. The function of the text is to tell an event in the past time chronologically. The generic structure of a recount: ● Orientation; introduces the main character(s), the location and the time. To make it easier, you can answer the questions: – Who involved in the story? – Where did it happen? – When did it happen? ● Series of events; writes the events chronologically. It begins from the first event, followed by the second event to the last event. The sum of events depends on the creativity of the writer. ● Reorientation; the writer’s conclusion or comment about the story. Not all recounts closed by reorientation. It is optional. Source:
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
93
Grammar Section Modals Read the following dialog. Winda, can you go to my house this afternoon? Sure, I can. What’s up? My mother made a cheese cake. That’s your favorite, isn’t it? Great! I love the cake.
The bold-typed words above are called modals. Modals generally express a speaker or reader’s attitudes or moods. It means a speaker feels that something is necessary, advisable, permissible, possible or probable. Modals can convey the strength of these attitudes. There are many kinds of modals, such as can, may, must, will. Patterns: 1. Affirmative sentences: Subject + modal + verb base + . . . ● My little brother can ride a bike. (showing capability) ● You may come before 4 o’clock this afternoon. (showing possibility) ● You must arrive at school on time. (telling someone to do something) ● We will drop by Diana’s house tomorrow. (intending to do something) 2.
Negative sentences: Subject + modal + not + verb base + . . . ● I cannot do the test. (showing incapability) ● It’s too late. Ria and Vivi may not come. (showing impossibility) ● You mustn’t cheat during the test. (telling someone not to do something) ● We won’t play any longer. We are tired. (not intending to do something)
3.
Interrogative sentences: Modal + subject + verb base + . . . ? ● Can you fix the fan? (asking about capability) ● May I use your bike? (asking about possibility/asking for permission) ● Must I wash all the clothes? (asking about an obligation) ● Will you be at home this afternoon? (asking about someone’s intention)
94
UNIT 2 Recounts
Answer the following questions. 1. 2. 3.
A.
In Unit 1 you have learned about narratives. What is the purpose of a narrative? Jawaban: To entertain the readers. What is the structure of a narrative? Jawaban: Orientation, complication and resolution. Can you mention some narratives? What are they? Jawaban: I can. They are Cinderella, Alladin, Tangkuban Perahu, etc.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text below based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Hello, my name is Clara. I’d like to tell you about my experience during the (1) New Year holiday. At that time, my family and I went to the (2) garden center to buy some (3) plants and seeds for the garden. It was a very sunny day when we (4) set off in the car. When we arrived, we had to find a place to park as the car park (5) was packed full of cars. We managed to find a place eventually, but it was a (6) tight squeeze and we had to be careful in opening the car door so we wouldn’t (7) bang the other cars. Next, we went into the store. We went to look for some seeds first and we bought some peas, carrot and (8) lettuce packets. After that, we went to look at the plants and mom chose a planter full of flowers. Finally, we paid for all (9) our purchases at the check out before finding our car and driving home. I really enjoyed our trip out, especially when dad said we could buy ice cream from the van in the (10) car park. It was great. Adapted from: April 24, 2006
Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the words below. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. seed = benih 2. sunny 3. set off = mengeluarkan 4. eventually 5. to bang = membentur 6. lettuce 7. purchase = belanjaan 8. check out 9. tight squeeze = sesak sekali 10. van
= = = = =
cerah akhirnya selada kasir sejenis mobil
B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: About the speaker’s experience during the New Year Holiday. 2. Where did the speaker go? Jawaban: To the garden center.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
95
3. With whom did the speaker go? Jawaban: With her family. 4. What would the speaker do in the place? Jawaban: She would buy some plants and seeds for her garden. 5. How was the weather at that time? Jawaban: It was very sunny. 6. Why did the speaker have to be careful in opening the car door? Jawaban: Because the car park was packed full of cars and she only got a tight squeeze to park her car. 7. What did the speaker buy after looking for some seeds? Jawaban: She bought some peas, carrot and lettuce packets. 8. What was the speaker’s mother interested in? Jawaban: A planter full of flowers. 9. What did the speaker do before leaving the store? Jawaban: She paid for all their purchases at the check out. 10. Where did the speaker buy from the van in the car park? Jawaban: Ice cream. B.
Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Today was a really hot day. I went home from school at 1 p.m. After that, I came to the town square to watch a local singing contest. I went there alone. I never thought I would meet a friend. I chose a place under a big tree. I thought it could save me from the hot day. I actually did not really pay attention to the contest. I just went there to avoid a boring time at home. Suddenly, I found myself behind a young boy. I was really sure that he was my classmate, Andi. I pinched him a little and called his name. The boy was surprised. When he turned around, I finally realized that he was not my classmate. I could not say a word. That moment was just embarrassing. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______
The speaker went to the city hall after school. The speaker went to the place with his friends. There was a local singing contest held in the place. At that time, the day was very cold. The speaker wanted to avoid a boring time at school by going there. The speaker met his old friend at the place. The speaker pinched the boy whom he thought of as his friend. The speaker felt embarrassed to find out that they boy wasn’t his friend.
Jawaban: 1. F (The speaker went to the town square, not the city hall, after school.) 2. F (The speaker went to the place alone.) 3. T 4. F (At that time, the day was very hot.) 5. F (The speaker wanted to avoid a boring time at home by going there.) 6. F (The speaker met a young boy whom he thought of as his friend.) 7. T 8. T 96
UNIT 2 Recounts
Variasi: A.
Match the following words in column A with their Indonesian meanings in column B. A
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
B
town square contest boring to pinch to avoid to realize attention embarrassing
Jawaban: 1. g 2.
d
3.
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.
perhatian menghindari membosankan lomba memalukan mencubit alun-alun menyadari
c
4.
f
5.
b
6.
h
7.
B. Find similar meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan contoh jawaban: 1. to avoid = to ignore 2. to realize 3. to pay attention = to notice 4. contest 5. sure = certain C.
a
8.
e
= to understand = competition
Listen to your teacher. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text. Correct the false ones.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: I want to tell you about my nephew, Ronald. One day, he wanted to buy sweets. He brought a Rp500 coin. On his way to the sweet shop, he dropped his money. You know, it rolled along the pavement and then disappeared down a drain. Then, Ronald took off his jacket, rolled up his sleeves and pushed his right arm through the drain cover. But . . . he could not find his money anywhere! And what was more, he could not get his arm out. A crowd of people gathered round him. You know, a lady rubbed his arm with soap and butter, but Ronald was firmly stuck. The fire-brigade was called and two firemen fired Ronald using a special type of grease. I tell you what! Ronald was not too upset by his experience. Do you know why? Well, . . . the lady who owns the sweet shop heard about his troubles and rewarded him with a large box of chocolates. Adapted from: Developing Skills
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______
Ronald is the speaker’s cousin. He brought a Rp1,000 coin. He wanted to buy sweets. The money disappeared down a drain on his way to the shop. Ronald went home crying after he had lost his money. His right arm got stuck at the drain. A young man rubbed his arm with soap and butter. Three firemen fired Ronald using a special type of grease. Ronald felt upset by his experience. The owner of the sweet shop rewarded him with a large box of chocolates.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
97
Jawaban: 1. F (Ronald is the speaker’s nephew.) 2. F (Ronald brought a Rp500 coin.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (Ronald tried to find his coin. He took off his jacket, rolled up his slevees and pushed his right arm through the drain cover.) 6. T 7. F (It was a lady who rubbed his arm with soap and butter.) 8. F (Only two firemen fired Ronald using a special type of grease.) 9. F (Ronald was not too upset by his experience.) 10. T
C.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: This text is for questions 1 and 2. Hi, friends. I went on a nice trip last Sunday with some friends from school. We went to a lovely lake about thirty kilometers north of here. We went by bus at seven o’clock in the morning and arrived at the lake at about eight thirty. You know, we spent the morning rowing boats and fishing at the lake. After lunch we climbed a small hill behind the lake. Well, . . . we saw a beautiful view from the top. We got back to the bus around four o’clock and then we came back to town. Adapted from: American Breakthrough
1.
98
What is the text about? A. The speaker’s trip to a lake. B. The speaker’s friends’ trip. C. Fishing at the lake. D. A beautiful lake. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal monolog, yaitu ”I went on a nice trip . . . . We went to a lovely lake . . . .”. Jadi, monolog tersebut tentang perjalanan penulis ke danau.
UNIT 2 Recounts
2.
How many hours did the writer and his friends take to reach the destination? A. One hour. B. One and a half hours. C. Two hours. D. Two and a half hours. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”We went by bus at seven o’clock in the morning and arrived at the lake at about eight thirty.” yang artinya ”Kami pergi naik bus pada pukul 7 pagi dan tiba di danau sekitar pukul 8.30.”. Dengan demikian, perjalanan untuk mencapai tempat tujuan mereka membutuhkan waktu sekitar satu setengah jam.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: This text is for questions 3 to 5. Hello, everyone. Yesterday was my little sister’s birthday. My mom and dad threw a party for her. The party was held in our house. My little sister had many friends, you know. She invited all of them. As a result, our house was very crowded. The party was about two hours. My little sister looked happy. After the party had ended, there were dishes everywhere. Our house was dirty and messed up. Therefore, we had to clean our house. It was a tiring day, but we were glad to see my little sister happy because of the party.
3.
4.
A.
What is the purpose of the text? A. To amuse readers. B. To retell past events. C. To describe something. D. To tell how to make something. Jawaban: B Teks tersebut adalah tentang kejadian lampau/yang sudah terjadi. Jadi, teks tersebut adalah teks recount. Tujuan teks recount adalah menceritakan kejadian masa lampau (retelling past events). Whose party was it? A. The speaker’s dad. B. The speaker’s mom. C. The speaker’s little sister. D. The speaker’s little brother.
Jawaban: C Pesta tersebut adalah pesta ulang tahun adik perempuan pembicara (the speaker’s little sister). 5.
How was the house after the party? A. It was dirty and messed up. B. It was quite clean and tidy. C. It was the same as before. D. It was badly damaged. Jawaban: A Setelah pesta usai, rumah pembicara menjadi kotor dan kacau. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat pembicara, ”After the party had ended, there were dishes everywhere. Our house was dirty and messed up.” artinya ”Setelah pesta usai, banyak piring dan gelas kotor di mana-mana. Rumah kami menjadi kotor dan kacau.”
Read the text aloud. What is it about?
When I was in junior high school, I was not a very diligent student. In fact, I was quite lazy. I hated all the subjects that I took at school, especially science. For me science was very difficult. It was hard for me to remember the chemical processes, physics calculations, and biological processes. Once, my teacher grounded me in the library because I had not done my Biology homework. The teacher asked me to read several books and make a summary about them. When I was browsing the shelves, I found a book entitled “The Inventors of Medicine”. I thought, “O.K., this is a start.” I took it out, then began reading it. I learned from the book about Edward Jenner. He was an English doctor who found the cure for smallpox. The next one was Louis Pasteur. His interest in bacteria led him to discover the treatments for rabies and anthrax. Just like Pasteur, Robert Koch’s experiments on bacteria also proved that tuberculosis can spread to others by contact. Finally, there was Alexander Flemming, a British bacteriologist who found penicillin, the first antibiotic. After I read the book, I realized that science is useful for humankind. By studying, we can discover things that can help humankind. Therefore, since that moment, I managed to change my behavior and study harder. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban: The writer’s experience during his time in junior high school.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
99
Variasi: A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7.
8.
Answer the questions below based on the text above. When did the story take place? Jawaban: When the writer was in junior high school. Was the writer diligent when he was in junior high school? Jawaban: No, he wasn’t. He was quite lazy. What lessons did the writer hate? Jawaban: All the subjects he took, especially science. What was the title of the book that the writer read? Jawaban: The Inventors of Medicine. Who were mentioned in the book? What great things did the people did for humankind? Jawaban: Edward Jenner—found the cure for smallpox; Louis Pasteur—discovered the treatments for rabies and anthrax, Robert Koch—proved that tuberculosis can spread to others by contacts; and Alexander Flemming—found penicillin, the first antibiotic. What happened to the writer after he read the book? Jawaban: He realized that science is useful for humankind. “His interest in bacteria led him to discover the treatments . . . .” (Paragraph 3) What is the similar meaning of the underlined word? Jawaban: It is hobby. “By studying, we can discover things that can help humankind.” (Last paragraph) What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: The writer and the readers.
B. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the text above. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. lesson = subject 2. to punish = to ground 3. synopsis = summary 4. to find = to discover 5. to search = to browse C. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text above. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. lazy >< diligent 2. to forget >< to remember 3. to love >< to hate 4. end >< start 5. useless >< useful D.
Read the following text. Answer the questions based on the text. Last week my parents and I went to my neighbor’s wedding party. Well, in the party I had rawon and satay. Actually, there were also tengkleng and meatballs soup, but it was enough for me to eat the two kinds of food. I was full. You know, it was really nice to have them in a traditional wedding like this. Then, I had, you know what, some dawet ayu and ice cream. After that, I sang a song for the happy couple. My song was Barry Manilow’s “Can’t Smile Without You”. I was happy to sing since they liked my song. At about 09:15 p.m. we went home. It was rather late. However, I felt really very happy. Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
100
UNIT 2 Recounts
Questions: 1. Where did the speaker go last week? Jawaban: To his/her neighbor’s wedding party. 2. What did the speaker have in the party? Jawaban: He/she had rawon and satay. 3. Why didn’t the speaker eat the tengkleng and meatballs soup? Jawaban: Because he/she was already full. 4. What did the speaker do for the couple? Jawaban: He/she sang a song. 5. How did the speaker feel after the party? Jawaban: He/she felt happy. B.
Complete the text below with the words from the box.
a. e. i.
sculpture very quickly tour agents
b. f. j.
old Dutch surfing silverware
c. g.
the tour satisfied
d. h.
arrival the art
There were so many places to see in Bali that my friend decided to join the tours to see as many things as possible. My friend stayed in Kuta on (1) ________. He spent the first three of his ten-day stay swimming and (2) ________ on Kuta Beach. He visited some (3) ________ and selected two tours. The first one was to Singaraja, the second was to Ubud. On the day of (4) ________, he was ready. My friend and his group drove on through mountains. Singaraja is a city of about 90 thousand people. It is a busy but quiet town. The streets are lined with trees, and there are many (5) ________ houses. They returned very late in the evening to Kuta. The second tour to Ubud was a very different tour. It was not to see the scenery but to see (6) ________ and craft of the island. The first stop was at Batubulan, a center of stone (7) ________. There my friend watched young boys carving away at big blocks of stone. The next stop was at Celuk, a center of (8) ________ and gold. After that he stopped a little while for lunch at Sukawati. He spent the rest of the days on the beach, sailing or surfboarding. My friend’s ten-day-stay ended (9) ________. However, he was quite (10) ________. Adapted from: November 28, 2009 http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/visiting-bali-recount-text.html
Jawaban: 1. d 2. f
3. i
4. c
5. b
6. h
7. a
8. j
9. e
10. g
Variasi: A. a. e.
Complete the text below with the words from the box. person attention
b. f.
late field
c. g.
school tournaments
d. h.
cool players
Do you like football? Well, when I was in elementary (1) ________, I really loved football. Every Saturday afternoon I practiced in the school (2) ________ with my teammates. They were strong and smart (3) ________. My coach, Mr. Sentana, was a clever and kind (4) ________.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
101
However, when he was coaching us, he was strict. He would punish anyone who came (5) ________ and did not obey the team’s rules. Our team had many achievements. With Mr Sentana, our team won many (6) ________ in many big cities. Our team was named after our school, 17 Team (from SD 17) and we had many supporters too, you know. Oh, that was so (7) ________. Now, I still love football and have a team too. But, my parents warn me to pay (8) ________ more to my study, football is just for hobby. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban: 1. c. school 4. a. person 7. d. cool B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
C.
2. 5. 8.
f. b. e.
field late attention
3. 6.
h. g.
players tournaments
Answer the questions based on the text in Task A. What does the speaker tell you about? Jawaban: His experience when he joined a football club in his elementary school. Who was Mr. Sentana? Jawaban: The speaker’s football coach in his elementary school. What would Mr. Sentana do if a team member came late and disobeyed the rules? Jawaban: He would punish him. What was the team’s achievement with Mr. Sentana? Jawaban: The team won many tournaments in many big cities. Where did the name 17 Team come from? Jawaban: From the name of the speaker’s school. Retell the text in Task B from the point of view of the writer’s friend.
Contoh jawaban: Let me tell you about my experience when visiting Bali. At that time I was intereseted to join the tours to Bali to see as many interesting spots as possible. On my arrival, I decided to stay in Kuta. You know, this place is very famous for its beautiful beaches. I stayed in Kuta for three days. During the days, I spent most of my time swimming and surfing on Kuta Beach. It was really fun. After that, I went to a tour agent and selected two package tours. The first one was to Singaraja, the second was to Ubud. Our trip to Singaraja was very heartbreaking since we passed through mountains. This city is busy but rather quiet, inhabited around 90 thousand people. The streets there are lined with trees, and we can see many old Dutch houses. We returned very late in the evening to Kuta. I enjoyed different things during the second tour to Ubud. There, other tour participants and I saw and enjoyed the art and craft of the island. At first, we stopped at Batubulan. This place is a center of stone sculpture. We watched some young boys carving away at big blocks of stone. Then, we visited Celuk, a center of silverware and gold. Then, we had lunch at Sukawati. I didn’t realize that finally my ten-day-stay almost ended. I spent the rest of the days on the beach. I went sailing or surfboarding. I was quite satisfied with my vacation in Bali. D.
Tell a memorable vacation you have ever had.
Contoh jawaban: On Thursday, students Grade VIII went to the Botanical Gardens. We walked down and got into the bus.
102
UNIT 2 Recounts
After we arrived at the gardens, we walked down to the Education Center. We went to have a look around. First we went to the Orchid Farm and Mrs. Haryono read us some of the information. Then we looked at all the lovely plants. After that we went down to a little spot in the Botanic Gardens and had morning tea. Next we took some pictures and then we went back to the Education Center to have lunch. After that we went for a walk. A lady took us around and introduced herself, then she explained what we were going to do. Next she took us in to the green house. It was most interesting. Soon after we had finished we went back outside. Finally we got into the bus and returned to school. We were tired but happy. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4
A.
Read the text aloud. Answer the questions that follow.
My Holiday in Australia Last Sunday I had a holiday in Australia. I visited a marine park called Sea World, which is at surfers Paradise near Brisbane. It’s Australia’s largest marine park. Truly, I had a wonderful day there. The first thing I saw was the Oceanarium. It is a place where visitors can watch all kinds of fish and animals underwater. There were huge turtles, sharks and beautiful tropical fish. The most exciting thing was watching a man feeding the sharks. He wore a special diving suit. Then, I watched the performing animals. The show was in a big outdoor swimming pool. There were killer whales, dolphins and sea lions, and they did all kinds of fantastic things in the water. One of the girls in the show rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle. After the show I had lunch. There were several big restaurants at the park and I had lunch in a restaurant that was shaped like a ship! Then, I watched a wonderful water-ski show which was held on a lake. There were lots of things to do at the park. There was lake cruising, a train ride, a big water slide, swimming pools and an incredible roller coaster called the corkscrew–because it goes through three loops upside down. But I didn’t go on the roller coaster. I wish I could do it next time. Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2
Questions: 1. What did the writer visit last Sunday? Jawaban: Sea World in Australia. 2. What can we see in the Oceanarium? Jawaban: All kinds of fish and animals underwater. 3. Where did the writer watch killer whales, dolphins and sea lions? Jawaban: In a big outdoor swimming pool. 4. Who rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle? Jawaban: A girl in the show. 5. Where did the writer watch a water-ski show? Jawaban: On a lake.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
103
Variasi: Guru dapat memberi pertanyaan pemahaman lainnya sebagai berikut. Questions: 1. Where is the Sea World located? Jawaban: At surfers Paradise near Brisbane, Australia. 2. What was the most exciting thing the writer saw? Jawaban: A man who was feeding the sharks. 3. Where did the writer have lunch? Jawaban: In a restaurant that was shaped like a ship. 4. What is corkscrew? Jawaban: An incredible roller coaster. 5. What is special about it? Jawaban: It goes through three loops upside down. B.
Identify the structure of the text in Task A.
Jawaban: My Holiday in Australia Orientation
Events
Re-orientation
C.
Last Sunday I had a holiday in Australia. I visited a marine park called Sea World, which is at surfers Paradise near Brisbane. It’s Australia’s largest marine park. Truly, I had a wonderful day there. The first thing I saw was the Oceanarium. It is a place where visitors can watch all kinds of fish and animals underwater. There were huge turtles, sharks and beautiful tropical fish. The most exciting thing was watching a man feeding the sharks. He wore a special diving suit. Then, I watched the performing animals. The show was in a big outdoor swimming pool. There were killer whales, dolphins and sea lions, and they did all kinds of fantastic things in the water. One of the girls in the show rode about the pool on the back of a big turtle. After the show I had lunch. There were several big restaurants at the park and I had lunch in a restaurant that was shaped like a ship! Then, I watched a wonderful water-ski show which was held on a lake. There were lots of things to do at the park. There was lake cruising, a train ride, a big water slide, swimming pools and an incredible roller coaster called the corkscrew–because it goes through three loops upside down. But I didn’t go on the roller coaster. I wish I could do it next time.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text.
I have once come late to school but I didn’t feel sorry. It happened last year. This is the story. One morning, I went to school like usual. My house was quite far from my school, so I went to school by bike. It was 06:37 and it took 15 minutes to get to my school. 104
UNIT 2 Recounts
At that time I was peddling my bike slowly. Suddenly, I saw a motorcycle hitting a bicycle rode by a woman. The motorcycle didn’t stop. Soon, it disappeared. I got shocked because it happened in front of me. I felt confused whether I should help the woman or not. Finally, I decided to help her. She was slightly injured. The rice carried was scattered on the street.
Several people and I helped the woman. I took the scattered rice on the street. Then, we helped her to get some treatments. After helping the woman, I looked at my watch and realized that I was late. It was 07:55. I went to school hurriedly. I arrived at my school at 08:02. My teacher questioned me for being late. I explained what had happened and she didn’t get mad. Even she said she was proud of me. 1.
What happened to the writer? A. His teacher was mad at him. B. He was late to school. C. He skipped school. D. He got a prize. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama yang menjelaskan bahwa penulis datang terlambat ke sekolah (he was late to school).
2.
How did the writer go to school? A. By bus. B. On foot. C. By bike. D. By horse. Jawaban: C Penulis berangkat sekolah dengan sepeda. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat ”. . . so I went to school by bike.” yang artinya ”. . . sehingga saya berangkat sekolah dengan bersepeda.”.
3.
What did the writer see when he was going to school? A. A train accident. B. A bicycle hit by a motorcycle. C. A thief chased by the police. D. A crazy person.
Jawaban: B Saat berangkat sekolah, penulis melihat sepeda yang tertabrak sebuah sepeda motor. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat, ”I was peddling my bike slowly. Suddenly, I saw a motorcycle hitting a bicycle rode by a woman.”. 4.
What did the writer do after seeing the accident? A. He ignored it. B. He cried for help. C. He helped the woman. D. He did nothing. Jawaban: C Setelah melihat kejadian itu, penulis memutuskan untuk menolong wanita tersebut. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat dalam teks,”Finally, I decided to help her.”.
5.
“Soon, it disappeared.” (Paragraph 3) The underlined word can be best replaced by ________. A. replaced B. turned back C. vanished D. represented Jawaban: C Kata ’disappeared’ memiliki arti yang sama dengan kata ’vanished’, yaitu menghilang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menggantikan, (B) artinya berbalik, dan (D) artinya mewakili.
Variasi: A. a. e. i.
Complete the text below with the proper words from the box. skeletons exhibited guide
b. f. j.
stairs primitive national
c. g.
excavation photographs
d. h.
paintings adventuring
My Adventure at Leang-Leang Cave On Sunday, my parents, my best friend Novi and I visited a cave at Maros called LeangLeang. I visited the cave for the first time, and so did my best friend. The cave is famous for its (1) ________ paintings on cave walls which are some hand prints and wild boar (2) ________. The cave and its surroundings is stated as a (3) ________ park, so it is taken care of well.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
105
Arriving at the place, my parents took a rest in a small hut for visitors, while Novi and I were (4) ________ around the cave with a guide. We had to climb some (5) ________ to get to the cave because the cave is embedded into a small mountain. Next stop was a place where some seashells were littered on the ground and some were actually piled into a big mound! The (6) ________ said that these piles of seashells are called kjokkenmoddinger, or kitchen trash. The humans who lived here ate the shells and dumped the leftovers in their ‘kitchen’. The last place was a small museum which (7) ________ skeletons of the humans who lived in the caves. The (8) ________ along with some roughly made jewelry and weapons were placed inside glass cases for display. The walls of the museum were adorned with (9) ________ taken when they did an (10) ________ there. After observing the places, we had lunch together. After a quick lunch with Novi and my parents, we decided it was time to go back home. We really had the time of our lives! Source: November 28, 2009
Jawaban: 1. f 2. d
3. j
4. h
5. b
6. i
7. e
8. a
9. g
B. 1. 2. 3. 4.
10. c
Complete the following statements based on the text above. The writer visited the Cave Leang-Leang for ________. Who is Novi? She is ________. The famous thing about the cave is ________. While the writer and Novi were walking around the place, the writer’s parents ________ in a small hut. 5. To reach the place, visitors should ________. 6. The writer was accompanied by ________ who explained some important things about the cave. 7. The last place that the writer visited was ________. 8. In the last place, the writer saw ________. 9. The photographs in the museum were about the ________ activities. 10. Before leaving the place, the writer, her parents and Novi had ________. Jawaban: 1. the first time 2. the writer’s best friend 3. the primitive paintings on cave walls 4. took a rest 5. climb some stairs 6. a guide 7. the museum 8. skeletons of the humans who lived in the 9. excavation caves, some roughly made jewelry and 10. lunch together weapons displayed inside glass cases D. 1. 2. 3.
106
Complete the dialogs with suitable modals. Eka : Jack is not feeling well. Mufid : Isn’t he? He ________ take a rest or see the doctor then. Mrs. Setiawan : You’d better bring an umbrella. I think it ________ rain soon. Ayu : You’re right, Mom. Mr. Donny : Our boss ________ not attend the meeting. Mr. Andi : Why? Mr. Donny : He still has something to do in Medan.
UNIT 2 Recounts
4.
Diana : I left my dictionary at home. Meanwhile, I need it to translate something. Tiara : Don’t worry. You ________ use mine. 5. Mr. Setiawan : Eka looks very busy with his report. Mrs. Setiawan : Yeah. He ________ submit it tomorrow. Jawaban: 1. should 2. will 3. may 4. can/may 5. must
A.
Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order.
Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 2
They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteen hours. The cabin crews of the plane were very friendly. They gave them newspapers and magazines to read. They gave them food and drink. There was a film for their entertainment. They had a very pleasant flight. They slept part of the way.
4
The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfect view of the park. The room had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead of keys for the room, they inserted a key-card to open the door. On the third floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food. It had a variety of food. They always had lunch there.
1
Mr. Richard’s family, consisting of Mr. and Mrs. Richard with their two sons, were on vacation. They went to London. They met their travel agent and booked their tickets. They went to the British Embassy to get visas to enter Britain. They had booked a fourteen-day tour. This included travel and accommodation. It also included tours around London.
5
The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14th day, they were quite tired but they felt very happy.
3
On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs and Immigration. The officers were pleasant. They checked the document carefully but their manners were very polite. Mr. Richard and his family collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. They arranged the transfer to a hotel. Adapted from: November 28, 2009
Variasi: A. Identify the structure of the text in Task A. Jawaban:
Orientation
Mr. Richard’s family, consisting of Mr. and Mrs. Richard with their two sons, were on vacation. They went to London. They met their travel agent and booked their tickets. They went to the British Embassy to get visas to enter Britain. They had booked a fourteenday tour. This included travel and accommodation. It also included tours around London.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
107
Events
Re-orientation
They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteen hours. The cabin crews of the plane were very friendly. They gave them newspapers and magazines to read. They gave them food and drink. There was a film for their entertainment. They had a very pleasant flight. They slept part of the way. On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs and Immigration. The officers were pleasant. They checked the document carefully but their manners were very polite. Mr. Richard and his family collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. They arranged the transfer to a hotel. The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfect view of the park. The room had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead of keys for the room, they inserted a key-card to open the door. On the third floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food. It had a variety of food. They always had lunch there. The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14th day, they were quite tired but they felt very happy.
B. Rearrange the following sentences into the correct order. Paragraf-parargraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: At the Botanical Garden 4
Then, we moved to the green houses where we saw many kinds of beautiful flowers. After that, we took a rest and had our meals. Then, we continued to see fish ponds aquariums and other interesting sections there.
1
Last vacation, my family and I went to the Botanical Garden. It is a garden where people can see many kinds of rare trees from all over Indonesia. It is really a nice place to visit.
6
That day was quite tiring. However, we all were very happy.
2
When we got there, we parked our car first in a large parking area. We walked toward the entrance gate and paid the entrance fee. Since it was a vacation, the resort was quite crowded and we had to wait in a long queue.
5
Feeling tired, we decided to go home in the afternoon. Before we left the place, we bought some souvenirs at a souvenir shop.
3
After that, we walked around the resort. We saw many rare trees there. The trees were planted on the sides of every path in the resort. We also saw many kinds of fowls in the cages, monkeys, bats and some other animals.
108
UNIT 2 Recounts
B.
Write your own personal experience. Mind the structure of the text.
Contoh jawaban: A Nice Hiking Last weekend my friends, Dicky, Vinda and Laras and I hiked to Gunung Penanggungan. We began our adventure very early on Saturday from our village, Klandungan, and reached Oro-oro Ombo for lunch after we had hiked for almost 4 hours. Then, we continued to hike. We talked about many things along the way to the next stop. Sometimes we laughed aloud when we shared our funny stories on the way. We reached the next stop one hour later. It was a hilltop. The view from this place looked very amazing. Then we walked down into the valley and there we had a camp for one night by the river in Gunung Penanggungan. I had not been there before. On Sunday we went to a small village–Desa Pasir Wangi–to a closest bus station. The climbing out of the valley was really hard for us but it was worth it. We were all happy. Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
Guru dapat memberikan tips menulis teks recount yang bagus berikut ini kepada siswa. Tips for Writing Excellent Recounts Plan by thinking ‘Who? What? When? Why?’ ● Start with an orientation paragraph that informs the reader about the content of the recount. ● Recount events in chronological order. (Draw a flow chart to help sequence events.) ● Recount events that are significant and those that amuse the reader. ● Use connectives that signal time e.g. then, next, meanwhile, finally etc. ● Write as if you are telling the story but always use the past tense. ● End with a closing statement that comments on the events. ●
Source:
2.3 Short Functional Texts: Short News and Letters
Spoken Text Read the following text. Here is the update news. A demonstrator speaks in front of a banner calling for regime change Sunday. Protestors demanded the President and Vice President resign, citing their perceived reluctance to investigate the Bank Century bailout. Source: December 21, 2009
The text above is spoken news. You may listen to it on radios or TVs.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
109
Written Text Read the following text.
The date of writing the letter Salutation
February 22, 2010 Dear Caroline, What are you doing right now, girl? Keep busy, right? Please stop your work to read my letter. You know, I had a history class last week. My teacher explained about the history of Majapahit and Maha Patih Gajah Mada’s oath. The story was very touching. I wondered what Gajah Mada looked like. He had a great wish to unite our nation. So, we must try hard to keep our nation as one, right? That’s all for now. Sorry for disturbing you.
The body
Jalan Kenanga number 23 Jakarta
The address of the sender
Cheers,
The closing
Tanya
The text above is a letter. It is a personal letter. You send such a letter to someone that you know well for informal pusposes, like a letter to your pen friend and a letter to your grandparents.
Answer the questions below. 1. 2.
3. 4.
110
Do you like to listen to radio news or watch news programs on TV? When do you usually do it? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I do it every afternoon. Is it important to get up-to-date news? Why? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is. Because there is always something new in our lives every second. If we do not know what happens, then we will leave behind by others. Have you ever sent a letter to your family or friends? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. In what occasion did you send a letter? Contoh jawaban: When my pen friend and I exchanged new information about each of us.
UNIT 2 Recounts
A.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: A pilot and his student miraculously escaped death when their helicopter crashed into a pond near Brebes, Central Java, on Wednesday. The pilot, Lt. Col. Cahyudi, and his student, Ikmal, departed from Semarang, Central Java, heading for Cirebon, West Java, as part of an Air Force training program. Following the accident, Cahyudi and Ikmal were rescued by other Air Force officers on the same route, also in helicopters. The officials, however, refused to make any statement. A witness, M. Nurdin, told that he saw five other helicopters besides the one that crashed. Nurdin suspected the helicopter had a malfunction, after seeing it fail to make a turn before it plunged into the pond. Source: May 11, 2008
Jawaban: The text is about a pilot and his student who survived from their helicopter crash. Variasi: Your teacher will read the news in Task A once again. Answer the following questions based on it. 1. How many people got injured from the incident? Who are they? Jawaban: Two people. They are the pilot of the crashed helicopter and his student. 2. From where did the helicopter depart? Jawaban: It departed from Semarang, Central Java. 3. Where did the flight head to? Jawaban: To Cirebon, West Java. 4. Who rescued the victims? Jawaban: Other Air Force officers. 5. “The officials, however, refused to make any statement.” What is the similar meaning of the word ‘to refuse’? Jawaban: To decline. B.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Now, we have news from the (1) fifth Kemang Festival. The festival (2) kicked off Saturday with more than 1,000 visitors swarming Jl. Kemang Raya in South Jakarta. The two-day festival runs from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. and features more than (3) 300 booths displaying clothes, antiques, accessories, food and (4) beverages. Also on offer are musical performances, drum bands, street magic and (5) firework shows. Source: December 20, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
111
Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. swarming = berbondong-bondong 2. to feature = menampilkan 3. booth = stan/kios 4. beverage = minuman 5. firework = kembang api B.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task B. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the news about? 2. How long did the festival last? 3. How many hours did the festival last each day? 4. What did the booths in the festival display? 5. What shows could visitors see in the festival? Jawaban: 1. About the fifth Kemang Festival. 2. For two days. 3. 13 hours. 4. They displayed clothes, antiques, accessories, food and beverages. 5. Street magic and firework shows.
A.
What is the hot issue today? Deliver the news before the class.
Contoh jawaban: East Java provincial government has continued to extend assistance to 43 poor families in Karangpatihan village in Ponorogo regency, whose children suffer mental health problems as a result of malnutrition. Village chief Daud Cahoyono said on Tuesday that rice, clean water, cattle and well-drilling machines had poured into the village since news about their condition made headlines last week. Administration data reveals that the village has 111 inhabitants aged between five and 40 years old with mental disabilities. Local media have referred to Karangpatihan as “the village of idiots” following the findings. Last week local government institutions, mass organizations and private donors dropped food supplies and clean water in the village. Daud said, however, the assistance would be short-lived as the root problems remained unaddressed. He said the village had long been deprived of health services and infrastructure required to help the villagers develop their economy. Source: October 27, 2009
112
UNIT 2 Recounts
Variasi: Create news based on one of the following topics. Deliver it before the class. Topics: 1. Health. 2. Technology. 3. Education. Contoh jawaban: Dozens of high school students from Denpasar and Ubud in Bali took part enthusiastically in a one-day young journalist workshop in Ubud on Thursday. The Jakarta Post daily organized the workshop as part of the Ubud Writers and Readers Festival. The workshop brought together students from different schools trying their best to be “professional journalists”. Guided by one of the Post’s editors, Rita Widiadana, the workshop was an eye-opener for the young students seeking to become more aware of what was going on in their neighborhoods, cities and elsewhere in the wider world. The activities included writing headlines, picking the best photos and laying out the front page of a newspaper. The Jakarta Post Foundation has been organizing workshop programs for teachers and students across Indonesia through its Newspaper in Education (NIE) program. Source: October 10, 2009
B.
Listen to news programs on TV or radio. Retell one of the interesting news using your own words.
Contoh jawaban: To avoid trees falling due to hollow branches and feeble roots, the Park Agency will replace around 500,000 trees throughout South and West Jakarta. The agency’s head Ery Basworo said Jakarta had around five million trees, with 10 percent of them being Burmese rosewood, locally known as angsana. He said that most of them were aged between five and ten years. The Agency will replace them with mahogany, tamarind and rain trees that have stronger roots. Up to October, the city administration received 40 insurance claims this year over fallen trees. Ery said the insurance payments ranged between 1 million Rupiah and 2 million Rupiah for each case depending on the severity. Source: July 11, 2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
113
A.
Complete the letter with the correct words from the box.
a.
emergency b.
illness
c.
permission d.
fainted
e.
dengue fever
Kupang, March 2, 2010 Dear Paula, Hello, Paula, how are you? It’s been a month since the last time I heard from you. Well, I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital last week. According to the doctor, I was infected by (1) ________. At first, I felt my body became weak and I (2) ________ when I was attending the class. Then, I was taken to the hospital because of the high fever. At the hospital, I was brought into the (3) ________ unit. The doctor immediately gave some treatment. Finally, I had to stay there for one week. Every day the doctor kept me on a drip. At the seventh day, my condition was getting better. After the final check, the doctor gave me (4) ________ to go home. Now, I’m very well. Because of my (5) ________, I become more careful about keeping in my house clean. I don’t want to get the same illness again. I think that’s all from me, write to me soon. O.K.? Regards, Nadira Adapted from: English in Focus Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Grade VIII
Jawaban: 1. e 2.
d
3.
a
4.
c
5.
b
Variasi: A.
Read the text aloud. Answer the questions that follow.
Dear Doni, How was your holiday? Did you have a great time? Well, I did. I wrote this card because I wanted to share my experience. Last holiday my sister and I visited my uncle in Jakarta. We stayed there for five days. Quite long, isn’t it? We really had a great time during the visit. Everything is unforgettable. However, the most amazing experience is when my uncle took me and my brother to Fatahillah Museum. This is one of the historical buildings in Jakarta. This building is located in Jakarta’s old town. It has old designs and architecture. No wonder, it was built in 1627 by the Dutch East Indies Company during the Dutch occupation in Indonesia. At that era, it was used as a governor headquarter or city hall as well as a military camp in Batavia. As a military camp, this building has underground prison cells. You know what! During the 17th and 18th centuries it had been used to isolate both criminals and indigenous people who opposed the Dutch colonial. Besides that, we can see many things that are used by the Dutch colonial’ authorities. It’s really useful to broaden my history knowledge. Well, I hope you can go there sometime and see the building by yourself. You won’t feel regretted. All right, that’s my story. Hope to hear from you soon. Your friend, Eka
114
UNIT 2 Recounts
Questions: 1. What is the letter about? Jawaban: About Eka’s visit to Fatahilah Museum. 2. Who sent the letter? Jawaban: Eka did. 3. Where did he spend his holiday? Jawaban: He spent his holiday in Jakarta. 4. How did he feel about his trip? Jawaban: He felt very excited. 5. Who received the letter? Jawaban: Doni did. B. Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. unforgettable = tidak terlupakan 2. 3. historical = yang bersejarah 4. 5. headquarter = kantor pusat 6. 7. to isolate = mengisolasi 8. 9. to oppose = menentang 10. C. a. e. i.
amazing occupation underground indigenous to regret
= = = = =
menakjubkan pendudukan bawah tanah pribumi menyesal
Complete the letter with the correct words from the box. holiday business wisely
b. f. j.
remember accompany display
c. g.
attractive excited
d. h.
share Cheers
Dear Dewi, I am awfully (1) ________! Do you know why? I am in Singapore now! My father has (2) ________ to manage, so he took me and my mom along. It’s a long (3) ________, isn’t it? Yesterday I visited the sea world. It is so fabulous. I really enjoyed seeing all kinds of sea creatures. Then, my mom asked me to (4) _______ her to Orchard Road. You know, it’s the place for shoppers. Many stores, ranging from the small ones to the big ones, (5) ________ their products in (6) ________ ways. One thing you should (7) ________: if you shop here, just use your money (8) ________. At the end, my mother bought a hand bag and a pair of shoes. So did I. It was really a great day. Tomorrow is the last day of my holiday. There are lots of stories I want to (9) ________ with you. Bye. (10) ________ Diana Jawaban: 1. g 2. e
3. a
4. f
5. j
6. c
7. b
8. i
9. d
10. h
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
115
B.
C.
They didn’t attend the teacher’s class. D. They made fun of the teachers. Jawaban: C Dalam surat tersebut terdapat kalimat ”I really can’t forget that time when he realized that no one was in class.” yang artinya ”Saya sungguh tidak dapat melupakan saat itu ketika ia (guru tersebut) menyadari bahwa tidak ada seorang pun di dalam kelas.”. Hal itu menunjukkan bahwa yang dilakukan Vina dan Kelly terhadap guru mereka adalah (C) yang artinya mereka tidak mengikuti pelajaran guru tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mereka tidak mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah, (B) artinya mereka memperlakukan guru mereka dengan baik, dan (D) artinya mereka mengisengi guru tersebut.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. May 6, 2009
Dear Kelly, Hi Kelly! It has been a while since we met each other. How are you? How is your sister Jen? I really miss you both. I remember those good old days when we were still in high school. Do you still remember what we did to our beloved teacher? I really can’t forget that time when he realized that no one was in class. I really had a good time that day. By the way, I am going to Bali next weekend. I really hope that both of you can come. It will be really nice to spend our weekend there. I have booked two hotel rooms at Grand Mercure Hotel for three of us. I really look forward to hearing from you about this plan. It won’t be fabulous without you both. So, please try to make it. Call me as soon as possible because I have to contact the hotel again to confirm about the rooms.
3.
“How are you? How is your sister Jen? I really miss you both.” (Paragraph 1) The underlined word refers to ________. A. Kelly and Vina B. Kelly and her friend C. Jen and Vina D. Kelly and Jen Jawaban: D Kata ’both’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu kepada Kelly dan Jen. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya ”How are you? How is your sister Jen?” yang artinya ”Bagaimana kabarmu (Kelly)? Bagaimana kabar saudara perempuanmu Jen?”.
4.
“It won’t be fabulous without you both.” (Paragraph 2) The underlined word is similar in meaning to ________. A. fascinating B. marvelous C. heinous D. successful
Love, Vina 1.
2.
116
What is the relationship between Kelly and Vina? A. They are sisters. B. They are old friends. C. They are a teacher and a student. D. They are schoolmates. Jawaban: B Kelly dan Vina merupakan teman lama. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I remember those good old days when we were still in high school.” yang artinya ”Saya ingat harihari yang lalu saat kita masih di SMA.”. What did Vina and Kelly do to their teacher? A. They didn’t do the homework. B. They treated their teachers well.
UNIT 2 Recounts
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
Jawaban: B Kata ’fabulous’ artinya menakjubkan. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata ’marvelous’, yaitu mengagumkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyenangkan, (C) artinya mengerikan, dan (D) artinya berhasil. 5.
A.
What is the writer’s purpose of writing the letter? A. To make a hotel reservation. B. To invite her friends to join her in Bali. C. To tell about her past experience. D. To inform about the beauty of Bali.
Jawaban: B Tujuan penulis menulis surat tersebut dijelaskan pada paragraf dua bahwa ia mengundang Kelly dan Jen untuk bergabung dengannya pada liburan di Bali (”By the way, I am going to Bali next weekend. I really hope that both of you can come.”) dan ia sudah memesan kamar hotel atas nama mereka berdua (”I have booked two hotel rooms at Grand Mercure Hotel for three of us.”).
Write a letter to your friend. You may choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban: January 2, 2010 Dear Sinta, How are you, Sinta? Where do you study now? I really miss you since we haven’t met each other for a long time. Sinta, have you heard the news about our friend Hilda? I just want to tell you that yesterday I watched a drama in one of the TV stations, and I saw her acting in the drama! It really surprised me! So if you have Hilda’s address, will you let me know? Anyway, are you going to the reunion party? Please come and go with me. Thank you beforehand for your help. O.K., I think it is enough for now. See you soon. Cheers, Nia
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
117
Variasi: Read the letter in the Summary section. Suppose you are Caroline. Write a reply. Contoh jawaban: February 28, 2010 Jalan Bungur number 15 Bandung Dear Tanya, I’m so happy to receive your letter. I’m doing very well, and I hope you do. As usual, school stuff has took most of my time. You’re right about Maha Patih Gajah Mada. He was a great man. As young generations, it is the time for us to continue his wish. That’s why, we should study hard for our country. There are many things that I can share with you, but perhaps other time. I have an appointment with my friends to do our class project. Send my best regards to your family. With love, Caroline
B.
Exchange the letter you have written in Task A with your friend’s. Ask your friend to reply it.
Contoh jawaban: January 6, 2010 Dear Nia, It’s very nice to hear from you again. Thank God, my family and I are just fine. What about yourself? I do hope the same thing. Nia, now I study in SMP 8 Bandung. Since I moved to Bandung last year, I haven’t heard any news about Hilda. I just knew that she acted in a TV drama from you. Why don’t you browse her name in the Internet? Who knows there is any information about her. O.K., I think it is enough for now. See you soon. Cheers, Sinta
118
UNIT 2 Recounts
Write an unforgettable experience about your awful day. Share it with your friend.
Read and memorize the words. Use the words whenever you speak English. bill : cave : to discover : to encourage : hut : interest : to involve :
tagihan gua menemukan mendorong pondok ketertarikan melibatkan
leftover matchstick pole to rub silverware suit surfing underwater unpleasant weapon
: : : : : : : : : :
sisa-sisa batang korek api tiang menggosokkan barang-barang dari perak pakaian berselancar bawah air tidak menyenangkan senjata
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
119
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Doni : Rico, there is something I want to tell you. Rico : What is it? Doni : I want to tell you that I can’t go to the local library center with you this afternoon. Rico : Can’t you? Why? Doni : Well, my little sister is being treated in the hospital for dengue fever. So I have to stay in the hospital today. Rico : I see. Anyway, I’m sorry to hear about your sister. I hope your sister will get well soon. Doni : Thanks, Rico. 1. Why does Doni cancel his appointment with Rico? A. Because he is not feeling well. B. Because his sister is in hospital. C. Because he has to stay at home. D. Because no one takes care of his little sister. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Doni ketika merespons pertanyaan Rico yang menanyakan alasan ia membatalkan janji, yaitu ”Well, my little sister is being treated in the hospital for dengue fever.” yang menjelaskan kalau adik perempuannya dirawat di rumah sakit karena sakit demam berdarah. 2. The following statements are TRUE about Doni’s sister, except ________. A. she is ill B. she is in hospital C. she suffers from dengue fever D. she has recovered from dengue fever Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang salah tentang adik perempuan Doni adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya ia sudah sembuh dari sakit demam berdarah. Hal ini
120
UNIT 2 Recounts
bertentangan dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Doni, yaitu ”Well, my little sister is being treated in the hospital for dengue fever. So I have to stay in the hospital today.” yang artinya ”Adik perempuanku sedang dirawat di rumah sakit karena sakit demam berdarah. Jadi, aku harus ada di rumah sakit hari ini.”. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Angelina : Hello? May I speak to Reynold? Reynold : Speaking. Who is calling, please? Angelina : It’s Angelina. Reynold : Hi, Angelina. How do you know my phone number? Angelina : Your friend gave me your number yesterday. Reynold : Oh, I see. Angelina : Well, may I borrow your guitar lesson video? Reynold : Of course. When will you take it? Angelina : I’ll come to your house at 4 p.m. Reynold : Okay. Is there anything else? Angelina : No, thanks. Bye. Reynold : Bye Adapted from: Scaffolding for English Junior High School Students Grade VIII
3. Why does Angelina call Reynold? A. To check his phone number. B. To lend her guitar lesson video. C. To ask about a guitar lesson. D. To borrow his guitar lesson video. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Angelina, yaitu ”Well, may I borrow your guitar lesson video?” yang artinya ”Bolehkan aku meminjam video pelajaran gitarmu?”, bukan meminjamkan (to lend). 4. “Angelina said, ‘Well, may I borrow your guitar lesson video?’” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. ask for B. request C. lend D. use
Jawaban: C Kata ’borrow’ artinya meminjam. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata ’lend’ yang artinya meminjamkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) dan (B) artinya memohon/meminta, sedangkan (D) artinya menggunakan. Read the text and answer questions 5 to 8. Dear Catherine, I’m sorry I can’t pick you up at the airport but luckily, my friend Steve can (he works at night, so he is free in the morning). I just want to make sure about the information. Your plane arrives at 11 a.m. on June 25 and your flying on KLN Air # 1327. Is that right? I told Steve to look for a woman with two young girls, but he wanted more information. Do you look the same? What about your daughters? You shouldn’t have a problem finding Steve at the airport. He’s very tall and thin. He has curly brown hair, a moustache and a beard. I can’t wait to see you! Love, Rony 5. How many persons will Steve meet at the airport? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four. Jawaban: C Orang yang akan dijemput Steve di bandara berjumlah tiga orang, yaitu Catherine dan dua gadis muda (anaknya). Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat dalam surat ”I told Steve to look for a woman with two young girls, . . . .”. 6. Steve will pick Catherine with her daughters at the airport because ________. A. he is busy B. he is free in the morning C. he works at the airport D. he wants more information
Jawaban: B Steve akan menjemput Catherine dan anak-anak perempuannya di bandara karena ia bekerja pada malam hari sehingga memiliki waktu luang pada pagi hari. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . my friend Steve can (he works at night, so he is free in the morning).” yang artinya ”. . . teman saya Steve dapat menjemput (ia bekerja pada malam hari, sehingga ia memiliki waktu luang pada pagi hari). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ia sibuk, (C) artinya ia bekerja di bandara, dan (D) artinya ia menginginkan informasi lebih banyak. 7. “I can’t wait to see you!” (Last sentence) What does the word “you” refer to? A. Catherine. B. Steve. C. The writer. D. Rony. Jawaban: A Surat tersebut ditulis oleh Rony dan ditujukan kepada Chaterine. Jadi, kata ’you’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu kepada Catherine. 8. “ . . . but luckily my friend Steve can.” What does the underlined word means? A. Accidently. B. Actually. C. Basically. D. Fortunately. Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
Jawaban: D Kata ’luckily’ dan ’fortunately’ memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu untungnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dengan tidak sengaja, (B) artinya sebenarnya/sesungguhnya, dan (C) artinya pada dasarnya. Read the text and answer questions 9 and 10. The National Police has said a suspected terrorist from the Philippines has been deported to his home country. The step was taken after it was deemed that he posed no threat to Indonesian’s national security. Source:
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
121
9. What is the text about? A. The deportation of a suspected terrorist. B. The National Police’s action. C. Indonesian’s national security. D. The suspected terrorist. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks yang menjelaskan tentang pemulangan seorang warga Filipina yang diduga teroris ke negaranya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya data pendukung. 10. “. . . from the Philippines has been deported to his home country.” What does the underlined word mean? A. To travel to another country. B. To force somebody to leave a country. C. To allow somebody to leave a country. D. To forbid somebody to enter a certain country. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban yang tepat untuk menjelaskan kata ’to deport’ adalah (B) yang artinya memaksa seseorang untuk meninggalkan suatu negara (biasanya karena tindak kejahatan). Read the text and answer questions 11 to 14. Hooray! We had Fun with English in our school! We enjoyed this event on Thursday, January 17, 2008, at Yos Sudarso Primary School in Karawang. We had waited for it since September 2007. So when the day came, we were really happy. We played many games such as matching colors, matching pictures, horse racing, running and finding and spelling bee. We had story telling, too. All students from grade 1 to grade 6 joined Fun with English, so there were 3 slots for the activities. We really had fun and we could practice our English. We also sang together about parts of our body, and do– re–mi. Many prizes were given in this event. There were tickets from Ice World and Gondola of Ancol Bay City, tickets from Water Boom of Lippo Cikarang, tickets from Insects World and Freshwater World of TMII, T-shirts, pens, stickers and many other merchandizes.
122
UNIT 2 Recounts
11. The text merely tells us about ________. A. learning English at Yos Sudarso Primary School B. learning English through fun activities C. getting prizes in learning English D. getting tickets from English activities Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang mempelajari bahasa Inggris melalui kegiatan-kegiatan yang menyenangkan. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat ”We had Fun with English in our school!” yang artinya ”Kita bersenangsenang dengan bahasa Inggris di sekolah kita!” serta kalimat ”We really had fun and we could practice our English.” yang artinya ”Kita benarbenar merasa senang dan kita dapat mempraktikkan bahasa Inggris kita.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mempelajari bahasa Inggris di sekolah dasar Yos Sudarso, (C) artinya memperoleh hadiah saat belajar bahasa Inggris, dan (D) artinya memperoleh tiket dari kegiatan berbahasa Inggris. 12. What is the main idea of paragraph three? A. Many prizes given in the event. B. All student of the school joined the game. C. The student had fun during the game. D. “Fun with English” is a nice program. Jawaban: A Gagasan utama paragraf tiga adalah (A) banyak hadiah yang diberikan dalam kegiatan tersebut. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat awal paragraf tiga ”Many prizes were given in this event.” yang artinya ”Banyak hadiah dibagikan dalam kegiatan tersebut.”. Dalam kalimat berikutnya dijelaskan hadiah yang dibagikan kepada peserta. 13. Why were there three slots for the activities? A. There were so many activities to join. B. There were some prizes to win. C. Students from grade 1 and 6 joined the games. D. All students of Yos Sudarso Primary School joined the games. Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
Jawaban: C Permainan tersebut dibagi menjadi tiga kelompok karena seluruh siswa kelas 1 sampai enam mengikuti permainan tersebut. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat pertama paragraf dua ”All students from grade 1 to grade 6 joined Fun with English, so there were 3 slots for the activities.” yang artinya ”Semua siswa dari kelas 1 sampai kelas 6 mengikuti kegiatan Fun with English, sehingga ada tiga kelompok dalam kegiatan tersebut.”. 14. “So when the day came, we were really happy.” (Paragraph 1) The underlined word can be best replaced by ________. A. extraordinary B. wonderful C. excited D. amazing Jawaban: C Kata ’happy’ memiliki arti yang sama dengan kata ’excited’, yaitu senang atau gembira. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya luar biasa, sedangkan (B) dan C artinya menakjubkan. 15. Winda : You’re really amazing! Toni : Am I? What makes you think of me like that? Winda : Well, you ________ speak three foreign languages. That’s really amazed me. A. can B. may C. must D. have to Jawaban: A Kalimat yang diucapkan Winda mengungkapkan kemampuan (ability) Toni yang mampu berbicara dengan tiga bahasa asing. Modal yang tepat untuk mengungkapkan kemampuan seseorang adalah can yang artinya mampu/bisa. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. A Tour Round Tana Toraja Last vacation, my family and I had a tour round Tana Toraja. It is a highland region in the Province of South Sulawesi.
Since it was on a highland, the weather was really cool. When we were there, we were enjoying the beautiful panorama. We went to some interesting villages where we saw traditional houses called Tongkonan. Then, we visited a unique grave. It was on a cliff with a balcony where coffins of dead and skeletons were laid. Unfortunately, there was no traditional ceremony when we were there. Before we went home, we bought some souvenirs and some special beverages, the Arabica coffee. The tour was really fascinating because I could see the unique customs myself. For me, it was the most memorable tour I ever had. 16. What does the text tell you about? A. It tells us about a scientific report. B. It tells us about past experience. C. It tells us about an imaginative story. D. It tells us about a descriptive of a place. Jawaban: B Teks tersebut menceritakan tentang pengalaman masa lalu penulis (recount) yang didukung dengan rentetan peristiwa yang dialami oleh penulis selama berada di Tana Toraja. 17. What is Tongkonan? A. It is an interesting village in Tana Toraja. B. It is a highland region in Tana Toraja. C. It is a unique grave in Tana Toraja. D. It is a traditional house in Tana Toraja. Jawaban: D Kalimat ”We went to some interesting villages where we saw traditional houses called Tongkonan.” artinya ”Kami pergi ke beberapa desa yang menarik tempat kami melihat rumah-rumah tradisional yang disebut Tongkonan.”. Berdasarkan kalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa Tongkonan adalah rumah tradisional di Tana Toraja (a traditional house in Tana Toraja). 18. Where was the unique grave? A. It was on a cliff. B. It was on a beach. C. It was near a river. D. It was on a farmland.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
123
Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”Then, we visited a unique grave. It was on a cliff with a balcony. . . .” yang artinya ”Lalu, kami mengunjungi kuburan yang unik. Kuburan tersebut berada di tebing dengan sebuah balkon . . . .”. 19. How did the writer feel about the tour? A. He/she felt bored. B. He/she felt excited. C. He/she felt embarrassed. D. He/she felt sad. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat ”The tour was really fascinating. . . .” yang artinya ”Perjalanan tersebut sangat mengesankan . . . .”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis merasa senang (excited). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya ia merasa bosan, (C) artinya ia merasa malu, dan (D) artinya ia merasa sedih. 20. The word “panorama” (paragraph 2) has the same meaning as ________. A. view B. village C. region D. house Jawaban: A Kata panorama mempunyai makna yang sama dengan kata view yang artinya pemandangan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya desa, (C) artinya wilayah, dan (D) artinya rumah.
B.
Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.
a. c. e.
deep hospital digging
b. d.
accident dissapeared
When Taufik was a small boy, he had a bad (1) ________. He was running along a road, where some workmen were (2) ________ a hole. The men were all very busy, so they didn’t see him coming. His parents who were walking along behind him called out him but he suddenly (3) ________ from view. They quickly ran to the spot, where the workmen were, and found Taufik crying at the bottom of a (4) ________hole. He hadn’t any broken bones, but he had hurt his head badly, so he needed to go to (5) ________ and had ten stitches. Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Jawaban: 1. b 2.
e
3.
d
4.
a
5.
c
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 2. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
124
UNIT 2 Recounts
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Mario : Hey, Rika! Nice to meet you here. Rika : Oh, hi, Mario. Nice to meet you too. How are you? Mario : Fine, thanks. By the way, I heard that your sister got married last week. Rika : Yes, she did. How did you know about it? Mario : Vera, your neighbor, told me about it. She is my brother’s classmates. Rika : I see. Mario : Please send my congratulations to the new married couple. Rika : O.K. 1. Who is Vera? A. She is Rika’s classmate. B. She is Mario’s neighbor. C. She is Mario’s brother’s classmate. D. She is Rika’s sister’s classmate. 2. “Rika said, ‘Yes, she did. How did you know about it?’” The underlined word refers to ________. A. Rika’s sister’s marriage B. Mario’s brother’s marriage C. Rika’s neighbor’s marriage D. Vera’s marriage Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Bagus : Have you ever visited Yogya Kembali Monument? Tiara : Yes, I have. On my last holiday in Yogya. Bagus : Really? Did you go somewhere else? Tiara : Yup! I visited the Sultan Palace and of course, enjoyed the night time in Jalan Malioboro. It was really unforgettable. Bagus : How lucky you are! I wish I can go there someday. Tiara : I’m sure you can.
3. What are the speakers talking about? A. The visit to Yogya Kembali Monument. B. Bagus’ experience in Yogya. C. Bagus’ experience. D. Tiara’s vacation in Yogya. 4. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the dialog? A. Bagus has ever been in Yogyakarta. B. Tiara will always remember her experience in Yogyakarta. C. Tiara went to Jalan Malioboro in the morning. D. Bagas does not want to visit Yogya. Read the text and answer questions 5 to 8. Dear Johnson, Hello, Johnson. How’s life treating you? Do hope everything is okay. I tell you what. I’m writing this letter is to confirm about your invitation. You’ve said that I can visit you whenever I want to go to your city, Texas. I happily accept your invitation. Well, will it be okay if I come to your house this weekend? I plan to spend my school holiday in Texas. It must be exciting to be in Texas again. Besides, I want to meet Eva, Helen, your father and mother. I just need to confirm if this coming weekend is okay. However, if you have something to do, I really understand. Send my best regards to all of your family that I miss so much. Hope to know your reply soon. Yours, Nowo 5. What is Texas like according to Nowo? A. Boring. B. Exciting. C. Confusing. D. Frightening.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
125
6. From the passage, we know that Johnson ________. A. has two sisters B. accepts Nowo’s invitation C. never invites Nowo D. ever visited Nowo 7. “If you have something to do, . . . .” (Paragraph 2) What does the word “you” in the sentence refer to? A. Eva. B. Helen. C. Johnson. D. Johnson’s father. 8. “I just need to confirm if this coming . . . .” (Paragraph 2) What does the underlined word mean? A. To make sure. B. To show uncertainty. C. To get information. D. To deliver the news. Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
Read the text and answer questions 9 and 10. Copenhagen climate talks ended one day late Saturday. The conference released an accord that was declared an “attachment” to the conference decision, deemed the lowest level in international negotiating terms. The Copenhagen Accord was drafted directly by the leaders of the 26 participating countries. However, no legally binding agreement or treaty was produced in the two-week climate talks. Source: December 20, 2009
9. What is the text about? A. The Copenhagen seminar. B. Copenhagen climate talks’ result. C. 26 participating countries. D. A legally binding agreement. 10. How long did the climate talks take place? A. A week. B. Two weeks. C. A month. D. Two months.
126
UNIT 2 Recounts
Read the text and answer questions 11 to 14. We were playing in the garden. Jim threw a ball at me; however, I missed catching it. I ran towards the ball to pick it up. As I was about to pick the ball up, I saw a snake slithering towards the bushes. I gave a loud shout and all the others crowded around me. Steve told Ridwan that there was a snake in the garden. Ridwan ran to his house and told his father. His father came out of the house with a stick and a bag. He told us to stay clear of the bushes. Then, he shook the bushes to make the snake come out of hiding. After a while, the snake poked its head out from under the bushes. Ridwan’s father quickly pressed it down with the stick. Then, using his other hand he picked the snake up by its head and quickly put it inside the bag. He put the bag in his car. I didn’t know where he would bring it, but surely I felt relieved of what he had done. Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers
11. Who threw a ball at the writer? A. Jim did. B. Ridwan did. C. Steve did. D. Ridwan’s father did. 12. What was the snake doing when the speaker saw it? A. Sleeping. B. Slithering. C. Eating something. D. Seeing him angrily. 13. The writer felt ________ of what Ridwan’s father had done. A. happy B. curious C. sad D. relieved 14. “Ridwan’s father quickly pressed it down with the stick.” (Paragraph 2) What does the underlined word refer to? A. Ridwan. B. Ridwan’s car. C. The snake. D. Ridwan’s father.
15. Chandra : Would you check my work, please? I ________ get the best mark tomorrow. Otherwise, I have to take a remedial test. Ellen : I’m sorry, not now. I have to finish this, O.K.? Chandra : Sure. A. may B. have to C. can D. should Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. Have you ever visited a place which made you want to stay forever? I have. Last year, I went to Situ Celeunca. At first, I thought the place was only the same as other places in Bandung. But I was very surprised to find that it was the most beautiful place I’ve ever visited. There were a fantastic meadow, a lake and a river. The meadow was very large. In the middle of the meadow, there were many cows and sheep. All the animals were fat and healthy because they could easily get some grass in the large meadow. At the edge of meadow, there was a small river. The water in the river was very cold. But, the sound of the streaming water was good to hear, especially in the evening. Not far away from the herd of cattle, there was a lake. The lake wasn’t too big, but it was very beautiful. The water was very clear and clean. I could see many fishes in the lake. The most amazing thing was the water itself. It was not cold; although, the weather around was extremely freezing. Unfortunately, I stayed there for just three days because we had to go back to Jakarta. But, I have promised myself to come back again later.
16. What does the writer tell you about? A. Visiting fantastic meadows. B. Staying in a cold place. C. Seeing many fishes in the lake. D. Going to Situ Celeunca and its surrounding. 17. What does the third paragraph tell us about? A. The beauty of the lake. B. The weather around the lake. C. The fishes in the lake. D. The size of the lake. 18. From the text, we can conclude that ________. A. Situ Celeunca was a common place B. the writer thought three days were not enough to visit Situ Celeunca C. there was only a lake to enjoy in Situ Celeunca D. the water in the lake was as cold as the water in the river Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
19. What is the best time to hear the sound of the streaming water? A. In the morning. B. At noon. C. In the afternoon. D. In the evening. 20. “It was not cold; although, the weather around was extremely freezing.” (Paragraph 3) The underlined word refers to _________. A. the weather B. the fish C. the water D. the meadow B.
Write a recount about your nice experience.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
127
Jawaban Review Unit 2 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Mario, yaitu ”Vera, your neighbor, told me about it. She is my brother’s classmates.” yang menjelaskan bahwa Vera adalah tetangga Rika dan ia juga teman sekelas saudara laki-laki Mario. 2. A. Kata ganti ’it mengacu kepada peristiwa yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu tentang berita pernikahan kakak perempuan Rika. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat sebelumnya yang diucapkan Mario, yaitu ”By the way, I heard that your sister got married last week.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. 3. D. Secara keseluruhan, kedua tokoh dalam percakapan tersebut membicarakan tentang kunjungan/ liburan Tiara di Yogya (Tiara’s vacation in Yogya), yaitu ia mengunjungi Monumen Yogya Kembali, Kraton Yogyakart, dan menikmati suasana malam di Jalan Malioboro. 4. B. Pilihan jawaban ini yang artinya Tiara akan selalu mengingat pengalamannya di Yogyakarta, benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”It was really unforgettable.” yang artinya ”Itu (pengalamannya di Yogyakarta) sungguh tidak terlupakan. 5. B. Pendapat Nowo tentang Texas dijelaskan pada kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu ”It must be exciting to be in Texas again.” yang artinya ”Pasti sangat menyenangkan berada di Texas lagi.”. Jadi, menurut Nowo, Texas itu menyenangkan (exciting). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membosankan, (C) artinya membingungkan, dan (D) artinya menakutkan.
128
UNIT 2 Recounts
6. A.
7. C.
8. A.
9. B.
10. B.
Hal yang dapat disimpulkan dari surat tersebut tentang Johnson adalah Johnson memiliki dua saudara perempuan (Johnson has two sisters), yaitu Eva dan Helen. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat paragraf dua, yaitu ”Besides, I want to meet Eva, Helen, your father and mother.” yang artinya ”Lagi pula, saya ingin bertemu dengan Eva, Helen, ayah, dan ibumu.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”I happily accept your invitation.”, (C) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”You’ve said said that I can visit you whenever I want to go to your city, Texas.”, dan (D) salah karena tidak dijelaskan dalam isi surat tersebut. Surat tersebut ditulis oleh Nowo dan ditujukan kepada Johnson. Kata ganti orang ’you’ merujuk kepada siapa surat itu ditujukan, yaitu Johnson. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan orang yang dimaksud. Kata ’confirm’ artinya ’memastikan’. Pilihan jawaban yang tepat untuk menjelaskan makna kata ’confirm’ adalah to make sure yang artinya untuk memastikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya untuk menunjukkan ketidakpastian, (C) artinya untuk memperoleh informasi, dan (D) artinya untuk mengantarkan berita. Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut menjelaskan hasil KTT Iklim di Copenhagen, yang disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The conference released an accord that was declared an ’attachment’ to the conference decision, . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, yaitu ”. . . no legally binding agreement or treaty was produced in the two-week climate
11. A.
12. B.
13. D.
14. C.
15. B.
16. D.
talks.” yang artinya ”. . . tidak ada perjanjian atau kesepakata yang mengikat secara hokum yang dihasilkan dalam temu wicara tentang iklim selama dua minggu.”. Jadi, acara itu berlangsung selama dua minggu. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Jim threw a ball at me . . . .”. Jadi, orang yang melempar bola ke pembicara adalah Jim. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat, ”I saw a snake slithering . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat, ”. . . but surely I felt relieved of what he had done.”; kata ganti orang ’I’ mengacu kepada penulis teks (the writer). Kata ganti ’it’ merupakan kata ganti benda mati atau kata ganti untuk makhluk hidup kecuali manusia. Dalam konteks kalimat tersebut, kata ganti ’it’ mengacu kepada ’the snake’ yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”After a while, the snake poked its head out from under the bushes.”. Modal yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah have to untuk menyatakan keharusan, yaitu harus memperoleh nilai bagus. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya yang menjelaskan bahwa jika tidak mendapat nilai bagus, ia harus mengikuti ujian ulang. Paragraf pertama menjelaskan bahwa penulis pergi ke Situ Celeunca (kalimat “Last year, I went to Situ Celeunca.”) dan kalimat awal paragraf dua menjelaskan kalau di sana juga terdapat padang rumput yang menakjubkan, danau, dan sungai (kalimat ”There were fantastic meadows, a lake and a river.”). Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis tersebut menceritakan tentang pergi
17. A.
18. B.
19. C.
20. A.
ke Situ Celeunca dan sekitarnya (going to Situ Celeunca and its surrounding). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya menjelaskan hal-hal yang penulis lakukan atau temukan pada saat dia pergi ke Situ Celeunca. Isi paragraf tiga adalah tentang keindahan sebuah danau (the beauty of the lake), yang meliputi ukurannya yang tidak terlalu besar tetapi indah, airnya yang jernih sehingga kita dapat melihat ikan-ikan dengan jelas, dan airnya yang tidak dingin meskipun cuaca terkadang sangat dingin. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya penulis berpikir bahwa tiga hari tidaklah cukup untuk mengunjungi Situ Celeunca sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf terakhir, yaitu ”But, I have promised myself to come back again later.” yang artinya ”Tetapi, saya berjanji kepada diri saya sendiri untuk kembali lagi ke tempat ini nanti.” yang berarti pula bahwa kunjungan selama tiga hari itu tidak cukup. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bertentangan dengan isi teks. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, yaitu ”But, the sound of the streaming water was good to hear, especially in the evening.” yang artinya ”Namun, suara air yang mengalir itu enak untuk didengarkan, khususnya pada malam hari.”. Kata ganti ’it’ mengacu kepada objek pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ’the water (of the lake)’ pada kalimat ”The most amazing thing was the water itself.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
129
B. Esai Contoh jawaban: Flower Shop Last week, I went to a flower shop to buy some flowers for several occasions. When I went into the flower shop, I was surprised at the wide variety of flowers from which to choose. The florist told me that she could arrange beautiful bouquets of flowers for just about any event. For starters, I ordered some roses for wife’s birthday, and I asked the florist to deliver
130
UNIT 2 Recounts
them, along with a balloon and a birthday card. I was also planning to attend the funeral of a dear friend, so I also ordered a floral arrangement to express my condolences to the family. Finally, I bought some nice cut flowers for my mom who has been ill recently, and I wanted to cheer her up. I delivered them myself along with a get-well card. The florist told me that the shop had their own Website, so I might order flowers online next time. Source: January 12, 2008
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 Last December I employed a young Uni grad Reni to be my interpreter as my usual Indonesian traveling companion could not accompany me for my 3rd visit to Muara Labuh. Muara labuh is a 4 hour bus trip from Padang and is a rice farming village. In year 2000 I helped harvest the rice and burn the rice fields at night for one particular family who look upon me as the 13th member of their family now as I have visited them 3 times in the past 5 years. Another area is Painan about 2 hours south of Padang by bus. I usually stay at Edy Usmardi’s little old beach house by the water and spend a day or two on a small island called Cingkuk where there is a Portuguese burial vault. Wonderful white sand, blue water you feel like you are in heaven. Source: July 1, 2007
Text 2 On Being Busy I like to waste my time now. On the Internet. On my walk home. When I talk to friends. I was thinking of my obligations, but I feel a bit comfortable to prolong my time with distractions. Perhaps I’m just tired with things and everything seems jaded to me. Like now. I know I have to do something for tomorrow. Or if not for tomorrow, I can do what can do today and not tomorrow or any other day. But no one, or nothing is pushing me off this seat although I am worrying about things and plans. Source: July 1, 2007
Text 3 I’m moving into a new home this weekend, so I decided to do some shopping to furnish the place. I went to an appliance store not too far from my house, and I first bought a refrigerator for the kitchen. You really can’t live without one because you have to keep your food cold or frozen so it doesn’t spoil. Then, I bought a washer and dryer to clean and dry my clothes. I don’t want to go to a laundromat to do this every week like I used to do. Next, I bought a dishwasher. I probably don’t need one because I could wash my dishes by hand, but having a dishwasher can make life easier. You simply put the dishes inside, add some dishwashing detergent, and turn the machine on. Finally, I picked up a microwave oven. If I’m in a hurry and don’t have time to cook, I can throw something in the microwave and heat it up quickly. I haven’t purchased everything I need to furnish my new place, but I think I have the basic appliances to make life more comfortable for now. Source: January 12, 2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
131
Text 4 This morning I went to the post office to take care of some business. First, I bought a sheet of postage stamps to some mail letters that were sitting on my desk. Then, I wanted to send a package to a business associate with some fragile items, so I packaged everything in bubble wrap and enclosed a letter describing the contents. The man at the counter weighed the box, and I had to fill out a form indicating the contents of the box and its value. Finally, I sent a certified letter to a colleague, and he will have to sign for it when it arrives. Certified letters are used to prove that the other person received it. I also have a number of international friends with whom I correspond regularly. Postage for overseas mail costs more than local postage rates, but you can always cut down on postage by sending a postcard instead of a regular letter. Source: January 12, 2008
132
UNIT 2 Recounts
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. Illyas : It seems you enjoy reading the book very much. What book is it? Irna : A short story collection. Illyas : Oh, that book. I have once read it. Irna : Have you? What do you think of the book? Illyas : Well, I think it is enjoyable to read. The stories look real. Irna : I think so. I think they are adapted from real life. 1. Irna says, “What do you think of the book?” What does it mean? A. She is giving her agreement. B. She is asking for clarification. C. She is asking for an opinion. D. She is giving an opinion. Jawaban: D Kalimat ini artinya ”Apa pendapatmu tentang buku ini?”. Kalimat ini untuk meminta pendapat. 2. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE based on the dialog? A. The stories are about people’s experiences. B. Irna enjoys reading the book very much. C. The stories are not real. D. Illyas has once read it. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ”Ceritacerita tersebut tentang pengalaman orangorang.”, benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”The stories look real.’” yang artinya ”Ceritanya seperti kejadian nyata.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa cerita-cerita dalam buku itu tidak nyata. 3. Irna says, “Have you?” What does it mean? A. She doubts about what Illyas has said. B. She is giving attention to what Illyas has said.
C.
She wants to ask for clarification of what Illyas has said. D. She is expressing her disagreement of what Illyas has said. Jawaban: B Kalimat ini artinya, ”Oya?”. Kalimat ini untuk memberi perhatian kepada pembicara. This dialog is for questions 4 and 5. Saras : Hi, Elsi, where have you been? Elsi : From the hall. I have to do many things for the performance tomorrow. Saras : Do you need any help? Elsi : If you don’t mind. By the way, do you see our classmates? Saras : Well, I just saw Yogi. I think he is going to the library. 4. Who are involved in the dialog? A. A teacher and her student. B. A mother and her daughter. C. Classmates. D. Sisters. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”By the way, do you see our classmates?” yang artinya, ”Oya, apakah kamu melihat teman-teman sekelas kita?”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa mereka teman sekelas (classmates). 5. Saras said, “Do you need any help?” What does she express? A. She is giving an opinion. B. She is asking for an opinion. C. She is asking for help. D. She is offering help. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Saras mengatakan, ”Do you need any help?” yang artinya ”Apakah kamu perlu bantuan?”. Kalimat ini untuk menawarkan bantuan.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
133
This text is for questions 6 to 9. Medan, May 4, 2008 Dear Egar, I am very sorry for this late reply. I have just returned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, but I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things were not the same as they used to be. When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing with my brother and my friends in the river near my house. I liked the river because the water was clear and there were a lot of fish in it. Now, the river is full of garbage and the water is turbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river is dirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in the river because the water is ominous. The chemical waste from the factories makes it poisonous. The condition of the river really makes me sad. What about your hometown? Do you have the same problem with polluted river? That’s all. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Please write to me soon. Yours, Zaki 6. The writer’s purpose of writing this letter is to tell his friend about his ________ concerning the river in his hometown. A. happiness B. amazement C. entertainment D. disappointment Jawaban: D Dalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwa dia meminta maaf karena baru bisa membalas surat itu, ia baru saja pulang kampung. Selanjutnya, ia menceritakan kekecewaannya (disappointment) karena keadaan kampungnya telah berubah menjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketika Zaki masih kecil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) happiness artinya kebahagiaan, (B) amazement artinya rasa kagum, dan (C) entertainment artinya hiburan.
134
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
7. The letter shows that the condition of Zaki’s hometown on May 4, 2008 was ________ than it was when he was a child. A. cleaner B. bigger C. worse D. better Jawaban: C Kata ’worse’ artinya ’lebih buruk’. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan penjelasan Zaki yang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnya sungai itu kotor dan airnya keruh, ikannya lenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungai kotor. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebih bersih, (B) bigger artinya lebih besar, dan (D) better artinya lebih baik. 8. Where did Zaki write the letter? A. In the river. B. In his village. C. In his hometown. D. In his boarding room. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelas atau eksplisit disebutkan pada surat itu. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan bahwa Zaki baru saja pulang kampung. Itu berarti pilihan jawaban (C) kurang tepat. Demikian pula dengan pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) yang mengacu pada kondisi kampung Zaki. Jadi, jawaban yang paling tepat dari keempat pilihan jawaban itu adalah (D) yang artinya di kamar kosnya. 9. Which river does Zaki talk about in the letter? A. Rivers in general. B. The river near his house. C. The river near his school. D. The rivers in his hometown. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat, ”When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing . . . . in the river near my house.” yang artinya”ketika saya masih kecil, saya biasa berenang dan memancing . . . di sungai dekat rumah saya.”.
This text is for questions 10 to 13. Once upon a time there lived a cloth merchant in a village with his wife and two children. They were indeed quite well-off. They had a beautiful hen which laid an egg every day. It was not an ordinary egg, rather, a golden egg. But the man was not satisfied with what he used to get daily. He was a get rich-trice kind of a person. The man wanted to get all the golden eggs from his hen at one single go. So, one day he thought hard and at last clicked upon a plan. He decided to kill the hen and get all the eggs together. So, the next day when the hen laid a golden egg, the man caught hold of it, took a sharp knife, chopped off its neck and cut its body open. There was nothing but blood all around and no trace of any egg at all. He was highly grieved because now he would not get even one single egg. His life was going on smoothly with one egg a day but now, he himself made his life miserable. The outcome of his greed was that he started becoming poorer and poorer day by day and ultimately became a pauper. How jinxed and how much foolish he was. Source: March 13, 2009
10. What is the purpose of the text? A. To entertain the readers. B. To tell an experience. C. To tell how to make something step by step. D. To describe something. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut merupakan teks narrative yang bertujuan untuk menghibur para pembaca. 11. Which statement is TRUE based on the text? A. The man was a farmer. B. The hen laid golden eggs every day. C. The man killed his hen to get its flesh. D. The man became poorer than before. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . he started becoming poorer and poorer day by day and ultimately became a pauper.” yang artinya ”. . . ia mulai menjadi lebih miskin dan lebih
miskin hari demi hari dan akhirnya menjadi seorang gelandangan.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. (A) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Once upon a time there lived a cloth merchant in a village. . . .” (paragraf 1), (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”They had a beautiful hen which laid an egg every day.” (paragraf 1), dan (C) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”He decided to kill the hen and get all the eggs together.” (paragraf 2). 12. “It was not an ordinary egg.” What is the opposite meaning of ‘ordinary’? A. common B. unusual C. orderly D. good Jawaban: B Kata ’ordinary’ artinya biasa. Kata ini berlawanan artinya dengan ’unusual’ atau tidak biasa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya biasa, (C) artinya teratur, dan (D) artinya bagus. 13. What can you learn from the story? A. One should not be greedy. B. One should be generous. C. One should be diligent. D. One should work hard. Jawaban: A Dalam teks tersebut dikatakan, bahwa karena keserakahannya, lelaki itu menyembelih ayam yang ia punyai untuk mendapatkan lebih banyak telur emas, dan ternyata pada akhirnya, ia tidak mendapatkan apa-apa. Dari cerita ini hal yang dapat kita pelajari adalah kita seharusnya tidak serakah. This text is for questions 14 to 18. My aunt is a rich woman. She has adopted a poor orphan girl, who was very devoted, obedient, laborious, and always happy and kind. One day, my aunt said to her, “Annie, you are a good girl and; therefore, for the new year I shall buy some new clothes for you. I have already spoken to the shopkeeper about it. Here is the money. Go and buy the smart dress that you desire so much.” My aunt gave her some money, but Annie, considering the sum for a moment, said, “My dear mother, I have enough clothes for the
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
135
present, while my sister Frances is still poorly dressed and if she saw me with a new dress, she would certainly feel a little sad. Will you allow me to send her the money? She is very fond of me and when I was ill, she used to come to my side and be the most loving nurse.” “My dear child,” said my aunt, “tell your sister to come here and stay with us, and I will give the same to both of you. Since you both have the same love for each other, I shall do my best to keep both of you happy.” Adapted from: November 28, 2009
16. Which one is TRUE about Frances? A. She took care of Annie well when she was ill. B. She has more clothes than Annie does. C. She sometimes feels jealous of Annie. D. She is the writer’s sister. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada paragraf tiga, ”She is very fond of me and when I was ill, she used to come to my side and be the most loving nurse.” yang artinya ”Ia sangat mencintai saya dan ketika saya sakit, ia biasanya datang ke sisiku dan menjadi perawat yang paling penuh cinta.”.
14. What did the writer’s aunt do to Annie? A. She gave Annie some food. B. She gave Annie some new clothes. C. She gave Annie some money to buy clothes. D. She bought Annie some sandals and shoes. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada paragraf dua, ”One day my aunt said to her, ”Annie, you are a good girl and therefore for the new year I shall buy some new clothes for you. Here is the money. Go and buy the smart dress that you desire so much.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa bibi penulis memberi Annie uang untuk membeli pakaian.
17. What is the best title for the text? A. Two Sisters. B. A Good Mother. C. The Loving Sister. D. A Good Aunt. Jawaban: C Dalam teks itu diceritakan mengenai Annie yang rela memberikan uangnya untuk saudaranya yang dalam kondisi kekurangan. Karena kebaikan hatinya itu, ibu angkatnya menyuruh saudaranya itu untuk tinggal bersama dengan mereka. Jadi, judul yang tepat adalah ”The loving sister” yang artinya ”Saudara perempuan yang penuh cinta”.
15. What did Annie ask from the writer’s aunt? A. To buy Frances new clothes. B. To give Frances some money. C. To let Frances stay in the house. D. To let her send Frances the money the writer’s aunt had given. Jawaban: D Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”. . . but Annie, considering the sum for a moment, said, ”Will you allow me to send her the money?” yang artinya ”. . . tetapi Annie, dengan mempertimbangkan jumlah uang itu selama beberapa saat, berkata, ”Apakah Anda mengizinkan saya mengirimkan uang ini kepadanya?”. Jadi, Annie meminta izin kepada bibi penulis untuk memberikan uang yang telah diberikan kepadanya kepada Frances, saudara perempuannya.
18. What would probably happen after Annie had told Frances about her adopted mother’s request? A. The writer’s aunt would visit Frances. B. Frances and Annie would stay in the writer’s aunt’s house. C. Frances and Annie would live together in their village. D. The writer’s aunt would ask Annie and her family to move to her house. Jawaban: B Kalimat terakhir teks adalah ”’My dear child,’ said my aunt, ’tell your sister to come here and stay with us, and I will give the same to both of you. Since you both have the same love for each other, I shall do my best to keep both of you happy.’ yang artinya ”Anakku tersayang,’ kata bibi, ’beri tahu saudara perempuanmu untuk ia
136
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
datang dan tinggal bersama kita, dan saya akan memberika hal yang sama kepada kalian berdua. Karena kalian berdua mempunyai cinta yang sama satu terhadap yang lain, saya akan melakukan hal yang terbaik untuk membuat kalian bahagia.’”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa Frances dan Annie akan tinggal di rumah bibi penulis. This text is for questions 19 to 23. The lion had been badly hurt by the horns of a Goat, which he was eating. He was very angry to think that any animal that he chose for a meal, should be so brazen as to wear such dangerous things as horns to scratch him while he ate. So he commanded that all animals with horns should leave his domains within twentyfour hours. The command struck terror among the beasts. All those who were so unfortunate as to have horns, began to pack up and move out. Even the Hare, who, as you know, has no horns and so had nothing to fear, passed a very restless night, dreaming awful dreams about the fearful lion. And when he came out of the warren in the early morning sunshine, and there saw the shadow cast by his long and pointed ears, a terrible fright seized him. “Goodbye, neighbor Cricket,” he called. “I’m off. He will certainly make out that my ears are horns, no matter what I say.” Source: November 30, 2009
19. Why did the lion forbid all animals with horns in his domains? A. Because a goat had beaten him in a fight. B. Because the horns of a goat had hurt him while he was eating the goat. C. Because he felt jealous of horned animals. D. Because he thought that horned animals were dangerous and powerful. Jawaban: B Pada paragraf pertama dikatakan ”The lion had been badly hurt by the horns of a Goat, which he was eating . . . . So he commanded that all animals with horns should leave his domains within twenty-
four hours.” yang artinya ”Sang singa terluka parah oleh tanduk kambing ketika dia makan . . . . Karenanya dia memerintahkan bahwa semua hewan yang bertanduk harus meninggalkan tempatnya dalam waktu 24 jam.” 20. What is the text about? A. A cruel lion. B. Horned animals. C. A frightened lion. D. A frightened hare. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut menceritakan singa yang kejam (a cruel lion) yang memerintahkan semua hewan yang bertanduk keluar dari hutan karena takut tanduk hewan tersebut akan melukainya saat ia memakannya. Tokoh kelinci hanya salah satu hewan yang takut dengan ancaman singa tersebut, sehingga ia memutuskan untuk keluar dari hutan. 21. What made the hare afraid? A. The lion gave him warning to leave the place. B. The lion had said that he didn’t like the hare’s ears. C. He had long and pointed ears that were like horns. D. His long and pointed ears can be functioned as horns. Jawaban: C Pada paragraf dua sampai empat dikatakan ”Even the Hare, who, as you know, has no horns and so had nothing to fear . . . saw the shadow cast by his long and pointed ears, a terrible fright seized him.” yang artinya ”Bahkan kelinci, yang, seperti yang kamu tahu, tidak mempunyai tanduk dan karenanya tidak ada yang harus ditakutkan . . . melihat bayangan telinganya yang panjang dan tajam, sangat ketakutan.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa kelinci takut karena telinganya yang panjang dan tajam yang mirip tanduk. 22. What would the hare do? A. He would go with the cricket. B. He would leave the place. C. He would meet the lion. D. He would cut his ears.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
137
Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”’Goodby, neighbor Cricket,’ he called. ’I’m off. He will certainly make out that my ears are horns, no matter what I say.’” yang artinya ”Selamat tinggal, tetangga Jengkerik,’ panggilnya. ’Saya pergi. Ia pasti menganggap bahwa telinga saya adalah tanduk, walau apa pun yang saya katakan.’”. 23. “‘Goodbye, neighbor Cricket,’ he called. ‘I’m off. He will certainly make out that my ears are horns, no matter what I say.’” The word ‘he’ here refers to _____. A. the hare B. the cricket C. the lion D. a horned animal Jawaban: C Pada paragraf-paragraf sebelumnya dijelaskan bahwa singa memerintahkan agar semua hewan bertanduk pergi. Jadi ’he’ di sini mengacu pada singa. This text is for questions 24 to 26.
24. What is the purpose of the text? A. To advertise something. B. To describe something. C. To announce something. D. To talk about new-released books. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut adalah brosur yang bertujuan untuk mengiklankan sesuatu. Dalam hal ini yang diiklankan adalah favorite stories dan famous fables. Hal ini diketahui dari kalimat ”Don’t miss this fantastic offer.” dan kalimat ”Don’t miss this great offer.”. 25. What books will you get for Rp400,000? A. Twelve books on favorite stories. B. Fifteen books written by foreign writers. C. Fifteen books on famous fables. D. Twelve books on either famous fables or favorite stories. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada bagian Famous Fables . . . Get fifteen book for only Rp400,000. Jadi dengan uang Rp400.000, kita bisa mendapatkan lima belas buku fabel terkenal. 26. “Don’t miss this fantastic offer.” The synonym of the word ‘fantastic’ is ________. A. incredible B. ordinary C. good D. fancy Jawaban: A Kata ’fantastic’ artinya’fantastis/luar biasa’. Kata ini artinya sama dengan ’incredible’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya biasa, (C) artinya bagus, dan (D) artinya indah.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
138
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
This text is for questions 27 to 29. The Fox and the Monkey A monkey once danced in an assembly of the beasts, and so pleased them all by his performance that they elected him their king. A fox, envying him the honor, discovered a piece of meat lying in a trap. Then, she led the monkey to the place where it was. She said that she had found a store, but had not used it. She had kept it for him as treasure of his kingdom and counseled him to lay hold of it. The monkey approached carelessly and was caught in the
trap. He accused the fox of purposely leading him into the snare. She replied, “Oh monkey, and are you, with such a mind as yours, going to be king over the beasts?” Source: August 28, 2008
27. “. . . that they elected him their king.” (Sentence 1) The word ’they’ refers to ________. A. a monkey and beasts B. a monkey and a fox C. beasts D. beasts and a fox Jawaban: C Kata ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada kata benda jamak yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata benda jamak yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah beasts (binatang-binatang buas). 28. The fox tricked the monkey because ________. A. she wanted to kill the monkey B. she was a smart creature C. she wanted to be a king D. she was jealous Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua, ”A fox, envying him the honor, . . .”. Kata envying sama artinya dengan jealous, yaitu iri. 29. How did the fox trick the monkey? A. By praising the monkey too much. B. By leading him to where human being lived. C. By asking him to dance before other beasts. D. By saying that she had kept a store for the monkey. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”She said that she had found a store, but had not used it. She had kept it for him as treasure of his kingdom and counseled him to lay hold of it.” yang artinya ”Ia mengatakan bahwa dia telah menemukan perbekalan, tetapi tidak menggunakannya. Ia telah menyimpannya untuk kera sebagai harta karun kerajaannya dan menganjurkannya untuk mendapatkannya.”
Read the text and answer questions 30 to 33. It was a dark and stormy night. I was alone at home and about to go to bed, when I saw a scary shadow figure at my window. “Who’s there?” I shouted. Suddenly there was a flash of lightning followed by thundershower. I saw a lion’s face followed by a scary thunderous roar at the window. It looked like the lion from the local circus that had been announced missing on the television news channel. I felt very scared. I ran to my bed and pulled my blanket over my head. I started to shout for my parents but there was no reply. Then I remembered they were at a late night party. I peeped out of my blanket but it was too dark to see anything. Then I heard footsteps. They were getting louder and louder. Soon the footsteps died off. The grand father clock struck 12. I went back to bed and tried to sleep, but couldn’t. I felt too frightened. I sat up my mind full of scary thoughts. After some time passed, finally I fell asleep. I woke up only after eight in the morning and switched on the TV news. I was excited to see the lion was already trapped in the wee hours of the morning by the ring master of the circus. I felt very much relieved after the news. Later I narrated the whole incident to my parents. They were dumb shocked and decided in future not to leave me alone at home during night. Source: August 10, 2009
30. Why did the writer feel scared? A. Because he saw a ghost. B. Because he saw a lion at his window. C. Because he had to sleep alone. D. Because it was a dark and stormy night. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”I saw a lion’s face . . . I felt very scared.” yang artinya ”Saya melihat wajah seekor singa . . . saya merasa sangat takut.”.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
139
31. “Then I heard footsteps.” (paragraph six) In your opinion, whose footsteps did the writer hear? A. The circus ring master’s. B. His parents’. C. A ghost’s. D. The lion’s. Jawaban: A Pada paragraf sepuluh dikatakan ”I was excited to see the lion was already trapped in the wee hours of the morning by the ring master of the circus.” yang artinya ”Saya sangat senang melihat singa itu sudah tertangkap jauh pada larut malam itu oleh pimpinan sirkus.”. Jadi, footsteps (langkahlangkah kaki) itu adalah langkah-langkah kaki pemimpin sirkus yang menangkap singa tersebut. 32. How did the writer know that the lion had been trapped? A. From a magazine. B. From his parents. C. From the radio. D. From TV news. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”I woke up only after eight in the morning and switched on the TV news. I was excited to see the lion was already trapped . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya bangun setelah jam delapan pagi dan menyetel berita TV. Saya senang melihat singa itu sudah tertangkap . . . .”. Jadi, penulis mengetahui berita penangkapan itu dari berita TV. 33. How did the writer’s parents feel? A. They felt disappointed of the writer. B. They felt relieved the writer was fine. C. They felt happy because of the writer’s bravery. D. They felt regret leaving the writer alone at night. Jawaban: D Kalimat terakhir teks adalah ”They were dumb shocked and decided in future not to leave me alone at home during night.” yang artinya ”Mereka merasa sangat terkejut dan memutuskan untuk tidak meninggalkan saya sendirian di rumah waktu malam.”.
140
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
Dari sini diketahui bahwa orangtua penulis merasa menyesal meninggalkannya sendirian dimalam hari. Read the text and answer questions 34 to 36. 23 Jl. Jendral Sudirman Bandung, Jawa Barat March 4, 2007 Dear Aunt Dewi, How clever of you to send me blue beads! I was planning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt to the morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads will match perfectly. Our bazaar is going to be bigger than ever this year. We’re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books, food and flower arrangements. In the bazaar there will be folk dances and games. You should be there! Thank you again for your thoughtful gift. Your loving niece, Nita 34. What did Aunt Dewi give to Nita? A. Blue beads. B. A plaid skirt. C. A nice sweater. D. A big book. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”How clever of you to send me blue beads.” yang artinya “Sungguh (tante) sangat pandai mengirimi saya manik-manik warna biru.”. Jadi, yang diberikan Tante Dewi kepada Nita adalah blue beads (manik-manik biru). 35. Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to the bazaar because ________. A. her aunt promised to go there to run the bazaar B. she wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the folk dances and games C. she thought her aunt would not be busy then D. their flower arrangements would be exhibited there Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”In the bazaar there will be folk dances and games. You should be there!” yang artinya
“Di bazaar nanti akan ada tari-tarian daerah dan permainan. Tante sebaiknya pergi ke sana.”. Jadi, Nita ingin Tante Dewi pergi ke bazaar karena ada pertunjukkan tari dan permainan. 36. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE about Nita? A. She lived at Jalan Sudirman 23, Bandung. B. She wrote her letter on March 4, 2007. C. She was Ms. Dewi’s loving younger sister. D. She liked the gift that Ms. Dewi gave. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks (not true) adalah (C) She was Ms. Dewi’s loving younger sister yang artinya dia (Nita) adalah adik perempuan Ms. Dewi yang tercinta. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai dengan salam penutup surat yaitu ’Your loving niece’ yang artinya ‘keponakan perempuanmu tercinta’. Jadi, hubungan Nita dengan Ms. Dewi adalah keponakan dengan tantenya. This text is for questions 37 to 39. The North Wind boasted of great strength. The Sun argued that there was great power in gentleness. “We shall have a contest,” said the Sun. Far below, a man traveled a winding road. He was wearing a warm winter coat. “As a test of strength,” said the Sun, “Let us see which of us can take the coat off of that man.” “It will be quite simple for me to force him to remove his coat,” bragged the Wind. The Wind blew so hard, the birds clung to the trees, the world was filled with dust and leaves. But the harder the wind blew down the road, the tighter the shivering man clung to his coat. Then, the Sun came out from behind a cloud. The Sun warmed the air and the frosty ground. The man on the road unbuttoned his coat. The Sun grew slowly brighter and brighter. Soon the man felt so hot, he took off his coat and sat down in a shady spot.
“How did you do that?” said the Wind. “It was easy,” said the Sun, “I lit the day. Through gentleness I got my way.” Source: August 28, 2008
37. The text tells you about ________. A. a powerful North Wind B. a gentle Sun C. the North Wind and the Sun D. a traveling man on earth Jawaban: C Jelas bahwa cerita tersebut bercerita tentang keinginan Angin Utara untuk mengalahkan Sang Matahari melalui pertandingan. Namun, terbukti bahwa Sang Matahari lebih kuat. 38. How did the Sun defeat the North Wind? A. The Sun explained that through gentleness it got its way. B. The man on the road unbuttoned his coat. C. The Sun asked the Wind to blow harder and harder. D. The Sun came out from behind a cloud, warmed the air and the frosty ground. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Then, the Sun came out from behind a cloud. The Sun warmed the air and the frosty ground. The man on the road unbuttoned his coat.” dan kalimat ”I lit the day.”. 39. The moral value you can learn from the story is ________. A. it’s no use to be arrogant B. the sun is more useful than the wind C. there is a great power in gentleness D. there is an easy way to defeat arrogance Jawaban: C Nilai moral ini diungkapkan pada kalimat kedua paragraf pertama dalam cerita tersebut. Hal ini diulang pada kalimat terakhir cerita tersebut. 40. “Soon the man felt so hot, he took off his coat and sat down in a shady spot.” (Paragraph 8) The opposite meaning of ‘shady’ is ________. A. dark B. sunny C. bright D. sheltered
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
141
Jawaban: B Kata ’shady’ artinya teduh. Lawan kata ini adalah ’sunny’ yang berarti terik matahari. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya gelap, (C) artinya cemerlang, dan (D) artinya terlindung. This text is for questions 41 to 43. Last week, my parents, sister, brother and I went to the zoo. We went there for recreation. We left at 6.00 a.m and arrived there at 8.00 a.m. The zoo is about a hundred kilometers from my house. There were a lot of people watching a giant snake. The snake was there for about a week. It was 9 metres long. I thought it was the biggest snake I had ever seen. After going around and watching various animals, we went home. 41. The writer went to the zoo with her ________. A. parents B. sister C. brother D. family Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”Last week, my parents, sister, brother and I went to the zoo” yang artinya ”Minggu lalu, orang tua, saudara perempuan dan saudara laki-laki saya pergi ke kebun binatang.”. Jadi, penulis pergi ke kebun binatang dengan keluarganya. 42. What is special in the zoo? A. Weird animals. B. A giant snake. C. Various animals. D. Animal’s attraction. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”There were a lot of people watching a giant snake.” yang artinya ”Ada banyak orang melihat seekor ular raksasa.”. Pada kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya penulis juga menceritakan mengenai ular raksasa itu. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa ular raksasa itu adalah hal yang spesial di kebun binatang itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
142
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
(A) artinya hewan aneh, (C) artinya beraneka ragam hewan, dan (D) artinya pertunjukan hewan. 43. “After going around watching various animals, we went home”. (Paragraph 2) The underlined word means ________. A. different B. similar C. wild D. mean Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
Jawaban: A Kata ’various’ artinya ’bermacam-macam’. Kata ini sama artinya dengan kata ’different’’ yang artinya berbeda. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinya serupa, (C) artinya liar, dan (D) artinya pelit. For questions 44 to 46, choose the correct words to complete the text. The Crow and the Pitcher A crow was feeling very (44) ________ when he saw a pitcher. He hoped to find water, and flew to it with delight. When he approached it, he discovered to his grief that it contained so (45) ________ water that he could not possibly reach it. He tried everything he could think of to reach the water, but all his efforts were in vain. At last, he collected as many stones as he could carry and (46) ________ them one by one with his beak into the pitcher, until he brought the water within his reach and thus saved his life. Adapted from: November 20, 2009
44. A. hungry B. thirsty C. tired D. sad Jawaban: B Kalimat soal artinya ”Seekor burung gagak yang merasa ________ melihat sebuah kendi, dan berharap menemukan air.”. Karena ia berharap menemukan air, dapat dipastikan ia haus (thirsty), sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B). 45. A. C.
dirty much
B. D.
little clean
Jawaban: B Kalimat soal adalah ”When he approached it, he discovered to his grief that it contained so (45) ________ water that he could not possibly reach it.” yang artinya ”Ketika dia sampai ke tempat kendi itu, dia menjumpai dalam kesedihannya bahwa kendi itu berisi ________ air sehingga dia tidak mungkin mencapainya.”. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa kendi itu berisi sangat sedikit (little) air. 46. A. collected B. took C. dropped D. threw Jawaban: C Kalimat soal adalah ”At last he collected as many stones as he could carry and (46) ________ them one by one with his beak into the pitcher . . . .” yang artinya ”Akhirnya dia mengumpulkan sebanyak mungkin batu dan ________ satu demi satu dengan paruhnya ke dalam kendi itu.”. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang dilakukan gagak itu adalah menjatuhkan (dropped) batu-batu tersebut ke dalam kendi. For questions 47 and 48, arrange the words into a good sentence. 47. easy – to – is – interesting – understand – 1
2
3
4
5
the – and – story 6
7
8
A. 6–8–3–1–7–4–2–5 B. 6–8–3–4–7–1–2–5 C. 8–3–4–7–1–2–6–5 D. 8–3–4–7–2–6–5–1 Jawaban: B Kalimat soal merupakan kalimat pernyataan, yang diawali dengan subjek (6) the (8) story, (3) kata kerja hubung is, dilanjutkan dengan (4) kata sifat interesting, kata hubung yang menyatakan tambahan, yaitu (7) and, (1) kata sifat easy, dilanjutkan dengan keterangan tambahan yaitu (2) to, (5) understand. Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi,”The story is interesting and easy to understand.” yang artinya, ”Cerita itu menarik dan mudah dipahami.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan urutan kalimat yang runtut.
48. table – help – the – move – you – 1
2
3
4
5
would – me 6
7
A. 6–5–4–7–2–3–1 B. 3–1–6–5–2–7–4 C. 6–3–1–5–2–7–4 D. 6–5–2–7–4–3–1 Jawaban: D Kalimat soal merupakan ungkapan permintaan bantuan, yang diawali dengan (6) modal would, (5) orang yang dimintai bantuan you, (2) kata kerja help, dilanjutkan dengan (7) objek me, jenis bantuan yang diharapkan, yaitu (4) move, dan bendanya, (3) the (1) table. Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi, ”Would you help me move the table?.” yang artinya, ”Maukah kamu membantu saya memindah meja itu?”. 49. Which one is the best arrangement of the sentences below? 1. My father was a careful driver. He drove the motorcycle carefully. 2. We went there by motorcycle at about eight in the morning. 3. We arrived in Yogyakarta at about 9. 4. Last holiday my father and I went to my uncle’s new house in Yogyakarta. 5. Once we stopped to buy petrol in a gas station. 6. I saw my uncle smiling happily to welcome us. 7. Arriving in Yogya, my father asked some people about the location of my uncle’s house. 8. My father also bought me some snacks and drink. 9. Finally, we found his house. A. 4–3–2–1–5–7–9–6–8 B. 4–2–1–8–7–9–6–5–3 C. 4–2–1–5–8–3–7–9–6 D. 4–1–2–5–8–9–3–7–6 Jawaban: C Teks dimulai dengan topik bacaan, yaitu (4) pada liburan yang lalu, penulis dan ayahnya pergi ke rumah baru pamannya di Yogyakarta, (2) penjelasan mengenai cara dia pergi dan waktunya, yaitu dengan motor pada pukul delapan pagi. Teks
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
143
dilanjutkan dengan keterangan saat perjalanan, yaitu (1) ayahnya mengendarai motor dengan hati-hati, (5) berhenti satu kali untuk membeli bensin dan (8) membeli snack dan minuman, kemudian keterangan ketika tiba di kota tujuan, Yogyakarta, (3) pada pukul sembilan pagi, (7) lalu bertanya kepada beberapa orang karena tidak mengetahui lokasi rumah yang dicari, dan (9) akhirnya menemukan rumah itu, dan penulis melihat (6) pamannya tersenyum menyambut mereka. 50. Which one is the best arrangement of the sentences below? 1. Venus granted her wish and changed her at once into a beautiful woman. 2. Seeing the mouse, the young woman quickly jumped and was after it like a shot. 3. One day, Venus wanted to see whether the Cat had changed her habits. 4. A cat fell in love with a handsome young man. 5. The goddess was so disgusted that she changed her back again into a cat. 6. The young man fell in love with her at first sight and shortly afterwards married.
144
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
7. 8.
She begged the goddess Venus to change her into a woman. So the goddess let a mouse run loose in the room where they were. Adapted from: November 28, 2009
A. 4–6–7–1–3–8–2–5 B. 4–3–7–1–6–8–2–5 C. 4–7–1–6–3–8–2–5 D. 3–4–7–1–6–8–2–5 Jawaban: C Teks dimulai dengan pengenalan tokoh, yaitu (4)seekor kucing yang jatuh cinta pada seorang pemuda tampan. Karena itu, (7) ia meminta Dewi Venus untuk mengubahnya menjadi seorang wanita. (1) Venus mengabulkannya, dan (6) pemuda itu jatuh cinta kepada wanita jelmaan kucing dan tak lama kemudian menikah. (3) Suatu hari Venus ingin melihat apakah wanita jelmaan kucing itu telah mengubah kebiasaannya, (8) karenanya sang dewi membiarkan seekor tikus memasuki kamar tempat mereka berdua berada. (2) Saat melihat tikus, wanita jelmaan kucing itu segera melompat dan mengejarnya. (5) Sang dewi merasa jijik dan mengubahnya kembali menjadi seekor kucing.
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ● ask for, give and deny information, ● start, maintain and end conversations, ● deliver little jokes, ● tell stories using spoken English, ● write e-mails, ● create written narratives, and ● use the past continuous tense correctly.
In your daily life, when you go on a bus or when you wait for someone in a waiting room, do you usually have a conversation with people sitting or standing next to you? Sometimes a conversation is needed to avoid silence. Silence all the times makes us bored, doesn’t it? Sometimes, you also need information about bus lines, about when a shop opens or closes, etc. How do you ask for the information? How do you start the conversation and maintain it so it will last long? In this unit, you will learn how to start, maintain and end a conversation to break the silence. Anyway, have you ever read a fairy tale or folktale? What story did you read? Well, folktales and fairy tales are kinds of narratives. What did you feel after you had read them? You must enjoy them and feel entertained since the purpose of a narrative is to entertain its readers. In this unit you will read more narratives, share the narratives you have read to your friends, and write your own narratives. Enjoyable, isn’t it?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
145
3.1 Expressions
Asking for, Giving and Denying Information Read the following dialog.
Excuse me, Madam. Do you know the way to get out of this forest?
It’s very far from here. You will not find the way because it is already dark.
Are you sure? I think I have walked for a long time.
Believe me. Just spend the night here and continue your journey tomorrow.
In the dialog, the young man asks for information by saying, “Do you know the way to get out of this forest?”, and the old woman gives information by saying, “It’s very far from here.” The young man doesn’t believe her information, so he denies it by saying, “Are you sure?” Here are other expressions you can use to ask for, give and deny information. Asking for Information ● ● ● ● ●
146
Do you know? Can you tell me . . .? I’d like to know . . . . Will you tell me . . . (please)? Could anyone tell me . . . .?
UNIT 3 Narratives
Denying Information
Giving Information ● ● ● ●
Yes, just go . . . . Yes, I do know that. It . . . . (Yes,) I know about .... Someone has told me . . . .
● ● ● ● ● ●
How do you know that? Are you sure? I’m really sorry, but . . . . (I’m afraid) . . . is/are wrong. I don’t think . . . . I’m not sure you’re right about ....
Starting, Maintaining and Ending a Conversation Read the following dialog. Anto : Hi, Ferdi. Nice day, isn’t it? Ferdi : Yeah. That’s why I prefer going to school on foot. Anto : Is this the first time you go to school on foot? Ferdi : Not really. Sometimes I walk when my father goes to work early. Anto : I see. Ferdi : Look! It’s already a quarter to seven. We have to hurry up. Let’s go. Anto : O.K. In the dialog you can find expressions to start, maintain and end a conversation. Here are some other expressions you can use. Starting a Conversation ● ● ● ● ●
Nice day, isn’t it? Did you catch the news today? Have you been here long? Pretty nice place, huh? Nice day to be outside, isn’t it?
Maintaining a Conversation ● ● ● ●
By the way, . . . . And then? Tell me about it. Really?
Ending a Conversation ● ● ● ● ● ●
Well, have a nice day. I think I have to go now. It’s been a pleasure talking to you. Let’s continue this another time. Take care. I must be off now.
Answer the following questions. 1. 2.
3.
Do you often have a phone conversation? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. How do you start, extend and end the phone conversation? Contoh jawaban: By saying, “Hello. This is Endah speaking.” to start the conversation; “By the way, . . . . .”/“Furthermore, . . . .” to extend it; and “Nice talking to you, but I have to go now. Bye.” to end the conversation. When you have a conversation with a friend, how do you show that you are listening? Contoh jawaban: By saying, “Do you?/Is it?/ Has it?/Does it?”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
147
A.
Listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ela : Excuse me. I’d like to borrow this book. Mr. Haryawan : Oh, “The Princess and the Fairies”. It is a good storybook. Many students have borrowed it. Ela : Have they? Mr. Haryawan : Yes. Maybe because of its interesting pictures. Ela : Yeah. I like reading fairy tales or folktales like this. Mr. Haryawan : If you want, there is still a lot of collections of fairy tales on the right corner of this room. Ela : Thanks for the information. Maybe another time. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Where does the dialog probably take place? Jawaban: In a library. What does the girl want to borrow? Jawaban: A storybook entitled “The Princess and the Fairies.” What does the man say about the book? Jawaban: It is a good storybook and many students have borrowed it. The man says, “If you want, there are still a lot of collections . . . .” What does it mean? Jawaban: He gives information. Where can the girl find a lot of collections of fairy tales? Jawaban: On the right corner of the room.
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi pertanyaan-pertanyaan sebagai berikut. 1. Who are the speakers? Jawaban: They are a librarian and a student. 2. What does the girl want to do? Jawaban: She wants to borrow a storybook. 3. According to the man, why are many students interested in reading the book? Jawaban: Because it has interesting pictures. 4. What is on the right corner of the room? Jawaban: A lot of collections of fairy tales. 5. The man says, “It is a good storybook.” What does ‘it’ here refer to? Jawaban: A book entitled “The Princess and the Fairies”.
148
UNIT 3 Narratives
B.
Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Sanusi : Excuse me. May I sit here? Leo : Sure. Sanusi : I am Sanusi. How do you do? Leo : I am Leo. How do you do? Sanusi : Lovely day, isn’t it? Leo : You’re right. The sun is shining (1) brightly. Sanusi : By the way, I heard that there will be a great (2) festival next month in this park. Leo : Really? Tell me more about it. Sanusi : It is the annual (3) ethnic music festival. There will be many (4) participants from different parts of the world. Leo : Wow, it sounds great! Sanusi : It does. Well, I have an (5) appointment at 10, so I have to go now. It’s been a pleasure talking to you. Bye. Leo : Bye. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
Variasi: A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task B? 1. ______ It was a lovely day. 2. ______ The dialog happens at school. 3. ______ Sanusi is Leo’s old friend. 4. ______ The festival will be held next week. 5. ______ There will be many participants from different parts of the world. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (The dialog happens in a park.) 3. F (They don’t know each other.) 4. F (The festival will be held next month.) 5. T B.
Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her.
Dialog 1 Lia : Nice day, isn’t it? Ivan : I think so. I hope the weather is always nice all day. I’m going to Semarang this afternoon. Lia : Go to Semarang? Ivan : Yeah, . . . my aunt is going to get married. Lia : So, you’re going to be absent tomorrow? Ivan : I am. I will give the letter of permission today. Lia : Have a good trip then. Ivan : Thank you. Dialog 2 Guruh : Hi, I’m Guruh. You’re new here, aren’t you? Clara : Yes. I’m Clara. Guruh : Nice name. By the way, where are you from?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
149
Clara : I came from Sydney. Guruh : You mean, . . . Sydney, Australia? Clara : Yeah! I was born in Sydney and spent my childhood there. I moved here because my father’s contract is over. Guruh : No wonder! Your English is excellent. Clara : Thanks. C. Answer the questions based on the dialogs you have practiced in Task B. Dialog 1 1. How is the weather? Jawaban: It is nice. 2. How does Lia start the conversation? Jawaban: By saying, “Nice day, isn’t it?” 3. Ivan says, “I’m going to Semarang this afternoon.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He is giving information. 4. Why is Ivan going to Semarang? Jawaban: To attend his aunt’s wedding party. 5. When will he give the letter of permission? Jawaban: Today. Dialog 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
A.
Has Guruh already known Clara before? How do you know? Jawaban: No, he hasn’t. He introduced himself and said, “You’re new here, aren’t you?” Where do you think the dialog occurs? Jawaban: At school. Where is Clara from? Jawaban: She’s from Sydney. Why does she move? Jawaban: Because her father’s contract in Sydney is over. How is her English? Jawaban: Her English is excellent.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 4 Mr. Santosa : Well, maybe he meant that if you take this bus, you can go off on Jalan Tentara Rakyat, the street near Malioboro. 6 Mr. Santosa : Tentara Rakyat Mataram, Sir. 2 Mr. Santosa : Yeah, but there is no bus going to Malioboro from here. 7 Mr. Hartman : Yes. Thanks. 5 Mr. Hartman : O.K., thank you. Please let me know if we have arrived at Jalan Tentara . . . what?
150
UNIT 3 Narratives
1 3
Mr. Hartman: Excuse me, I want to go to Jalan Malioboro. Is it still far from here? Mr. Hartman : That’s impossible? Someone has told me that I can go there by taking this bus.
Dialog 2 4 Mr. Hartman : : 3 Irawan 2 Mr. Hartman : 1 Mr. Santosa :
Oh, thank goodness. Thank you. Well, just go with me, Sir. I will go to the bookstore too. Where should I go, then? I want to go to Gravela bookstore. Sir, we have arrived on Jalan Tentara Rakyat Mataram. You can go off here. To go to Jalan Malioboro, you can go straight, then take the first left turning over there.
Variasi: Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. Where will Mr. Hartman go? Jawaban: To Jalan Malioboro. 2. Mr. Santosa says, “Yeah, but there is no bus going to Malioboro from here.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He is giving information. 3. Where should Mr. Hartman go off? Jawaban: On Jalan Tentara Rakyat Mataram, the street near Malioboro. 4. Why should he go off there? Jawaban: Because no bus is directly going to Malioboro from the place. 5. Mr. Hartman says, “That’s impossible?” What does it mean? Jawaban: He denies information. Dialog 2 1. What direction should Mr. Hartman take from the bus stop? Jawaban: Go straight, and then take the left turning. 2. What does Mr. Hartman want to visit on Jalan Malioboro? Jawaban: Gravela bookstore. 3. Mr. Santosa says, “To go to Jalan Malioboro, you can go straight, then take the first left turning over there.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He is giving information. 4. Who has the same destination as Mr. Hartman does? Jawaban: Irawan does. 5. What expression is used to ask for information in the dialog? Jawaban: Where should I go, then? B. ● ● ● ●
Work in pairs. Do the instructions. Read the proper dialogs in Task A once again. Suppose you were Irawan and your partner was Mr. Hartman. Make a dialog which contains expressions to start, maintain and end a conversation. Practice the dialog you have made.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
151
Clue: The conversation starts from where both of you get off from the bus on Jalan Tentara Rakyat Mataram to Gravela bookstore on Jalan Malioboro. Contoh jawaban: Mr. Hartman : A crowded bus . . . . Irawan : I think so. By the way, how long have you been in Yogyakarta, Sir? Mr. Hartman : For about three months. Irawan : What do you think about this city? Mr. Hartman : Well, it is a nice city. But sometimes I can’t stand with the weather. It’s very hot here. Irawan : I see. But today it’s not very hot I think. Mr. Hartman : By the way, there is a bookstore over there. Is it Gravela? Irawan : You’re right, Sir. Mr. Hartman : Hmm . . . it’s a quite large bookstore. Irawan : I think so. Mr. Hartman : So, er . . . what is your name? Irawan : Irawan, Sir. Mr. Hartman : Well, . . . Irawan, thank you for accompanying me. Irawan : Don’t mention it, Mr. . . . .? Mr. Hartman : Hartman. O.K., let’s enter the bookstore. Irawan : O.K. C.
Make dialogs based on the following situations.
1.
You are interested in joining a speech contest in your school. You ask for information about it. How would the conversation go? 2. On the way home from school, you meet one of your classmates. Like you, he also goes home on foot. He seldom walked home before. Make a dialog with him/her. Contoh jawaban: 1. Ria : Excuse me, I’d like to join the speech contest. May I ask for information about it? Tesa : Sure. The speech contest will be held next month on March 6, at nine a.m., in Class VIIIA. Ria : What about the topic? Tesa : It is about education. Ria : O.K., then. Thank you for the information. Tesa : You are welcome. 2.
152
Andri : Bagas : Andri : Bagas : Andri : Bagas :
Hey, Bagas, going home on foot? Doesn’t your father pick you up? No, he doesn’t. He is busy in his office now. By the way, what does your father do? Well, he is a salesman. He sells cosmetics. Oh, he must travel a lot. You’re right. Sometimes I miss him very much.
UNIT 3 Narratives
D.
Make dialogs based on the pictures.
You want to give a birthday present for your close friend. However, you don’t know what she likes. You ask about it to her sister.
You and your friend are reading storybooks in the library. To break the silence, you talk about the story you have just read to your friend. How would the conversation go?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Puput : Hi, Nita, tomorrow is going to be Ina’s birthday. Nita : Yes. Will you come? Puput : Sure. But I’m still confused what I will give to her. Please tell me what she likes. Nita : Well, she likes playing dolls very much. She also likes playing games on the Internet. Puput : I see. Thank you for the information. Nita : You’re welcome. 2.
Ilyas : Hmm . . . I really like the story. Tino : What is it about? Ilyas : Well, about two stupid hunters who saw a goose. When one of them was going to shoot it, they fought whether they would stew or roast it. Tino : What happened then? Ilyas : Then, they decided to consult another person. Can you guess what happened to the goose when they came to the place again? The goose had flown away. Tino : Ha . . . ha . . . an interesting story. Actually they should have shot it first, then decided whether they would roast or stew it. Ilyas : You’re right, but actually it was the thing that made the story interesting. Variasi: Make a dialog using the expressions you have learned. Contoh jawaban: Anis : What an unpredictable day! Rudi : Right! Suddenly it rains heavily. Anis : It’s not the rainy season. How could it be? Rudi : The weather is unpredictable lately. Some parts of Kalimantan and Sulawesi are flooded, but the other parts of the country are drought. Anis : You’re right. Well, it seems that the rain has stopped. I must go now. Nice to talk to you. See you. Rudi : Me too. See you!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
153
3.2 Genre
Spoken Text Read the following monolog. What do you think of being a liar? Let me tell you a story about it. There was a lonely man who lived in a small town. Most of the people who were living in that town knew him because he was a liar. Before he became a loner, he had once had a family and a good job, but he sometimes told small lies to his customers. Then, he started to tell big lies to his customers and his family. Because of this, he and his family faced a lot of problems. He promised to be honest about his job, but he didn’t keep his promises, so he lost his job. After that, his wife and children left him. He continued living in the same home alone. Almost all the people who were living in the town didn’t trust and believe him. One day, a fire broke out in house. He ran out of his home and hurriedly went to the center of the town and shouted to the other people to get help. “My neighbor, please help me. My house is burning.” Nobody believed him, so they didn’t go to his house to help him. His house burned down completely, and he was left homeless. Tragic, isn’t it? Source: November 9, 2009
The text above is a spoken narrative. A spoken text usually uses simple sentences, and sometimes there are fillers such as well . . ., er . . ., etc.
Written Text Read the following text. The Man Who was a Liar (Retold by Turhan Ece from Turkey)
Orientation
154
UNIT 3 Narratives
There was a lonely man who lived in a small town. Most of the people who were living in that town knew him because he was a liar. Before he became a loner, he had once had a family and a good job, but he sometimes told small lies to his customers. Then, he started to tell big lies to both his customers and his family.
Because of this, he and his family faced a lot of problems. He promised to be honest about his job, but he didn’t keep his promises, so he lost his job. After that, his wife and children left him. He continued living in the same house alone. Almost all the people who were living in the town didn’t trust and believe him. One day, a fire started in his house. He ran out of his house and hurriedly went to the center of the town and shouted to the other people to get help. “My neighbor, please help me. My house is burning.”
Complication
Nobody believed him, so they didn’t go to his house to help him. His house burned down completely, and he was left homeless.
Resolution
Source: November 9, 2009
The text above is a written narrative. The purpose of a narrative is to amuse the readers. Its structure consists of: ● Orientation. It introduces the main characters of the story, the place and the time where the story happened. ● Complication. It shows the problems that happen in the story. ● Resolution. This is the end of the story where the problems are solved. ● Re-orientation (optional). It shows the comment of the writer or it presents the moral value of the story.
Grammar Section The Past Continuous Tense Read the following sentences.
Ramli and Tommy were having lunch at 12:30 p.m. yesterday.
Mother was reading a newspaper when the bell rang.
The sentences use the past continuous tense.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
155
The patterns of sentences in the past continuous tense are: 1.
Affirmative Sentences: ● ●
2.
●
3.
I was doing my homework at 7 p.m. last night. Shinta and Adi were discussing a problem when I came.
Negative Sentences: ●
S + was/were + Ving + (O/adv.)
S + was/were + not + Ving + (O/adv.)
I was not doing my homework at 6 p.m. last night. Shinta and Adi were not discussing a proposal when I came.
Interrogative Sentences: ● ●
Was/Were + S + Ving + (O/adv.)
Were you doing your homework at 7 p.m last night? Were Shinta and Adi discussing a problem when you came?
You use the past continuous tense: 1. To say that someone was in the middle of doing something at a certain time. Examples: ● What were you doing at 10 last night? ● I was sleeping at 1 p.m yesterday. 2.
To say that something happened as something else was going on. You use the past continuous tense for the longer event which started before the shorter event. For the shorter event, you use the simple past tense. Examples: ● I was cooking dinner when you phoned me. ● You were playing tennis when I came. Note the difference between the two sentences below. ● Arman was studying English. (= He was in the middle of studying and we didn’t know whether he finished doing it.) ● Arman studied English. (= He began and finished it.)
Answer the following questions. 1. 2.
156
In unit 2 you have learned about recounts. What is the purpose of a recount? Jawaban: To retell events or experiences in the past. What is the structure of a recount? Jawaban: Orientation, events and re-orientation.
UNIT 3 Narratives
A.
Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: On his deathbed, a father advised his son to always speak truth. The son promised that he would never tell a lie. One day, while going to the city through a forest, he got surrounded by some robbers. One of them asked, “What do you have?” The boy answered, “I have fifty rupees.” They searched him but couldn’t find anything. When they were about to go, the boy called out, “I am not telling a lie. See this fifty rupee note which I had hidden in my shirt.” The leader of the robbers felt pleased at the truthfulness of the boy. He gave the boy hundred rupees as a reward and went away. Source: March 13, 2009
Jawaban: It’s about a boy who would not tell a lie to other people, even though to robbers. B.
Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
1. What did a father advise his son to do? Jawaban: To always speak truth. 2. When did the father give the advise? Jawaban: When he was going to die. 3. Did the boy obey the advice? Jawaban: Yes, he did. 4. When did the boy get surrounded by some robbers? Jawaban: When he was going to the city through a forest. 5. How much money did the boy have with him? Jawaban: Fifty rupees. 6. Could the robbers find the boy’s money? Jawaban: No, they couldn’t. 7. Where did the boy keep the money? Jawaban: In his shirt. 8. What happened when the robbers were about to go? Jawaban: The boy called them out and told that he had hidden his money in his shirt. 9. What did the leader of the robbers give the boy? Jawaban: Hundred rupees as a reward. 10. Why did he give it to the boy? Jawaban: Because he felt pleased at the honesty of the boy.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
157
Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Please listen to me. Once there was a poor woodcutter who cried aloud. Do you know why? Yeah, . . . he had dropped his ax into a deep pond. Suddenly a friendly water spirit appeared before him with a silver ax and asked, “Is this yours?” “No,” the woodcutter said. The spirit returned with a golden ax. “Is this yours?” she asked again. “No, it is not mine,” said the woodcutter. Then, the spirit appeared with his plain wooden ax. “That one is mine!” said the woodcutter happily. And you know what happened next? Well, the spirit said, “You’ve been so honest, so take the gold and silver axes too!” On the way home, the woodcutter met a rich merchant. When the merchant heard the woodcutter’s story, he ran to the pond and dropped his wooden ax in. He also cried aloud. The same thing happened. The spirit appeared with a silver ax. What was the merchant’s reply? Well, he shouted quickly, “That one is mine!” “You know it is not,” said the spirit, and disappeared. The rich man’s wooden ax stayed on the bottom of the deep pond. Source: April 4, 2008
1. Where did the story take place? Jawaban: Near a deep pond. 2. What did the woodcutter say when the spirit appeared with a golden ax? Jawaban: He said, “No, it is not mine.” 3. What was the woodcutter’s ax like? Jawaban: It was plain. 4. Did the woodcutter get his ax? Jawaban: Yes, he did. 5. What other things did he get? Jawaban: The golden and silver axes. 6. Why did he get them? Jawaban: Because he was honest. 7. What did the merchant do with his ax? Jawaban: He dropped it into the pond. 8. Was the merchant honest? Jawaban: No, he wasn’t. 9. How do you know? Jawaban: He said that the silver ax was his, although, actually it wasn’t. 10. What happened to the merchant’s ax? Jawaban: It remained on the bottom of the pond.
158
UNIT 3 Narratives
C.
C.
Whether they would cook it in the forest or at home. D. Whether they would sell it or cook it. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”’Stew!’ said the other. ’It would be far better to roast it.’ ’Stewed!’ said the first, putting down his arrow. ’Roasted!’ replied the other. The argument went on. ’Let’s ask our clan leader to decide the best way to cook that goose.’”. Jadi, mereka berdebat tentang cara memasak angsa itu, apakah direbus atau dipanggang.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Two hunters saw a wild goose fly overhead. As one of the hunters placed an arrow in his bow and aimed it at the goose, he said, “That goose will make a fine stew.” “Stew!” said the other. “It would be far better to roast it.” “Stewed!” said the first, putting down his arrow. “Roasted!” replied the other. The argument went on. “Let’s ask our clan leader to decide the best way to cook that goose.” The leader settled the argument by suggesting that when they caught the goose, half should be stewed and half should be roasted. In that way, everyone’s needs would be met. Pleased, the two hunters went out to shoot the wild goose, but by that time, the goose was safely long gone . . . .
3.
When did they argue? A. When one of them had shot the goose. B. When they had brought the dead goose home. C. When one of them was going to shoot the goose. D. When one of them was going to stew the dead goose. Jawaban: C Dalam monolog tersebut terdapat kalimat ”As one of the hunters placed an arrow in his bow and aimed it at the goose, he said, ’That goose will make a fine stew.’ ’Stew!’ said the other. ’It would be far better to roast it.’” yang artinya ”’Saat salah satu pemburu akan memanah angsa itu, ia berkata, ’Angsa ini akan menjadi angsa rebus yang enak.’ ’Direbus!’ kata yang lain.’ Akan jauh lebih baik jika angsa itu dipanggang.’”.
4.
How did the people settle their argument? A. By asking another hunter. B. By asking their father. C. By asking their clan leader. D. By asking their wives. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”Let’s ask our clan leader to decide the best way to cook that goose.”.
Source: September 15, 2009
1.
2.
What is the story about? A. Two hunters and their geese. B. Two hunters and a wild goose. C. Two roasted geese. D. Two soldiers. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat pertama ”Two hunters saw a wild goose fly overhead.” yang artinya ”Dua orang pemburu melihat seekor angsa liar terbang di atas kepala mereka.”. Kalimatkalimat selanjutnya membahas pertengkaran kedua pemburu mengenai cara memasak angsa tersebut. What do the hunters fight about? A. Whether they would stew or roast the goose. B. Whether they would fry or roast the goose.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
159
5.
How does the story end? A. They stewed the goose. B. They roasted the goose. C. They neither stewed nor roasted the goose. D. They stewed half of the goose and roasted the other half.
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada akhir monolog tersebut, ”Pleased, the two hunters went out to shoot the wild goose, but by that time, the goose was safely long gone . . . .” yang artinya ”Merasa senang, kedua pemburu itu pergi keluar untuk menembak angsa liar tersebut, tetapi sejak saat itu, angsa itu sudah pergi jauh dengan selamat.”.
Variasi: Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have just heard. Correct the false ones. 1. ______ The two hunters saw a wild goose fly overhead. 2. ______ One of the hunters was going to shoot the wild goose with his gun. 3. ______ The two people argued whether they would stew or roast the goose. 4. ______ They could solve the dispute themselves. 5. ______ They finally ate roasted and stewed goose. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (He was going to shoot it with his arrow.) 3. T 4. F (They asked their clan leader to solve it.) 5. F (They finally ate nothing since the goose flew away.)
A.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 4 Again, Mercury asked, “What for the idol of Jupiter, the chief of gods?” “Five dollars,” replied the sculptor. 7 Mercury was cut to the quick and disappeared. 1 6 3
5 2
Once upon a time, Mercury, the god of skill, was tickled by a strange idea. He became anxious to know how human beings estimated his worth in comparison to other gods. “Oh, that. I shall give that free if you buy the other two,” pat came the reply. Then, he approached the sculptor and asked, “What price would you charge for the idol of Juno, the goddess of marriage.” The sculptor replied, “Two dollars?” “And how much for Mercury?” asked the god. So, he disguised himself as a man and came to the earth. Roaming about, he came to the house of a sculptor where he saw idols of various gods, including his own. Source: March 13, 2009
160
UNIT 3 Narratives
B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task A. Who was Mercury? Jawaban: He was the god of skill. What idol was charged for two dollars? Jawaban: Juno, the goddess of marriage. Who was the chief of gods? Jawaban: Jupiter was. What did Mercury feel after visiting the sculptor? Jawaban: He felt disappointed. Why did he have such a feeling? Jawaban: Because he was considered unworthy by the sculptor. The sculptor would give his statue for free if people bought the other two.
Variasi: A. Answer to questions based on the text in Task A. Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut. 1. What did Mercury want to know? Jawaban: How human beings estimated his worth in comparison to other gods. 2. Where did he go? Jawaban: To the earth, to a sculptor’s house. 3. Who was Juno? Jawaban: The goddess of marriage. 4. How much was charged for Jupiter? Jawaban: Five dollars. 5. What would be given for free if he bought the idols of the other two gods? Jawaban: The idol of Mercury himself. B.
Suppose you were the sculptor in the story in Task A. Retell the text using your own words. You may make any necessary changes.
Contoh jawaban: Let me tell you a story about gods. Are you familiar with the name ‘Mercury’? Well, he was the god of skill. You know, yesterday Mercury came to my house! At first, I did not know that it was him. He asked me the price of the idol of Juno. I answered that it was two dollars. He asked again, “What was the price of the idol of Jupiter, the chief of god?” I replied that it was five dollars. Then, he asked me the last question, about the price of Mercury. You know, I wanted him to buy my other sculptures. So, I decided to give the sculpture of Mercury for free if he bought the other two. You know his response? His face turned red and without saying anything he left my house. I was surprised. When I tried to remember his face, I felt that I had ever seen him. Then, I looked at the three sculptures. Oh, gosh! His face looked like one of them. He looked like Mercury, and I was sure that he was the Mercury himself! But when I realized this, he had disappeared, and I didn’t know where he went . . . .
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
161
C.
Work in groups of four. Look at the pictures below. Deliver a story based on the pictures using your own words.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Contoh jawaban: One day, Sandra the Milkmaid was on the way to market. She was carrying her milk in a pail on her head. As she went along, she began calculating what she would do with the money that she would get for the milk. “I’ll buy some hens from Farmer Harris,” said she, “and surely they will lay eggs each morning. After twenty days, the eggs will be hatched. It means I will have many chicks. Soon, the chicks will grow into hens and roosters, which I will sell them to market. Then, with the money that I get from the sale of these chickens, I’ll buy myself a finest beautiful dress and some jewelries. Next, I will go to the palace to see the princess and introduce myself with respect. Won’t all the young men come up and speak to me? Every girl who knows me will be that jealous, but I don’t care. I shall just look at her and toss my head like this.” Suddenly, as she spoke to herself, she tossed her head back. The pail fell off, and all the milk was spilt! She cried. All what she had dreamt of just faded away. Poor Sandra! Adapted from: http://www.pacificnet.net/~johnr/cgi/aesop1.cgi?sel&TheMilkmaidandHerPail (May 24, 2006)
D.
Tell your friend a narrative you like.
Contoh jawaban: Once upon a time, on the coast of Java in an area called Tanjung Perak, lived a variety of sea animals. You know, they lived in peace and harmony. Only an octopus, called Cumi, could not get along with the other sea creatures. You know why? Cumi was very cruel. One day Cumi went to the house of a fish named Suro. He told Suro that one of the crocodiles, Boyo, would soon attack Suro. I tell you that . . . Suro and Boyo were close friends and kind to each other. Of course, Suro did not believe Cumi. Finally, Cumi went to the house of Boyo. This time Cumi was successful. Boyo got very upset with Suro. He swam hurriedly to Suro’s house. You know, Boyo was a very strong creature. He attacked Suro and wounded him. At first, Suro was still calm and did not fight back, but he knew that Boyo would never stop attacking him. So, Suro fought Boyo bravely until the sea turned red with their blood.
162
UNIT 3 Narratives
In the place where they fought was built the city called Suroboyo. Suroboyo is a Javanese word derived from Suro and Boyo. Suro means brave and Boyo means danger. Suroboyo, therefore, means brave in danger. In Indonesian language Suroboyo is pronounced and spelled Surabaya. Source: September 22, 2008
A.
Complete the text with the words from the box. A Big Quiet House
a. f.
small explained
b. g.
amazement room
c. h.
larger quiet
d. i.
barn dwelling
e. j.
solve silly
There was once a man who wished his small, noisy house was (1) ________ and quieter. He went to the wise old woman of the town and (2) ________ his need. She said, “I can (3) ________ your problem. Just do as I say.” The man agreed. “If you have a chicken, some sheep, a horse and a cow,” she said, “bring them into the house with you.” “That’s a (4) ________ thing to do,” thought the man. But he did it anyway. Now his house was already (5) ________, and with all those animals in it, there was no (6) ________ at all. He returned to the old woman and cried, “I need more room! The animals are so noisy. I can’t think!” “Take all those animals out of your (7) ________,” she replied. When he had put all the animals comfortably back in the (8) ________, the man went into his house. To his (9) ________, it suddenly looked remarkably bigger! Without the animals inside, his house was now (10) ________ too! Source: September 15, 2009
Jawaban: 1. c 2. f
3.
e
4. j
5. a
6. g
7. i
8. d
9. b
10. h
Variasi: A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. ______ The man wanted his house to be more beautiful. 2. ______ He went to his mother to ask for advice. 3. ______ The woman advised the man to bring animals into his house. 4. ______ The man did exactly what the woman had told him to do. 5. ______ The man also put some plants in his house. 6. ______ There were also some cows in the house. 7. ______ The man brought a chicken and a horse into the house. 8. ______ The man thought the animals were noisy. 9. ______ The man then sold all the animals. 10. ______ The man finally moved to a larger and quieter house.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
163
Jawaban: 1. F (He wished his house was larger and quieter.) 2. F (He went to the wise old woman of the town.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (He didn’t put plants in his house.) 6. F (There was just one cow.) 7. T 8. T 9. F (The man then put all the animals back in the barn.) 10. F (After he put the animals back in the barn, suddenly his house looked larger and quieter.) B.
Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B. A
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
to wish to return silly barn amazement remarkably comfortably wise dwelling quiet
Jawaban: 1. d 2. i C.
B a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.
3. b
surprisingly foolish a house, flat, etc. where a person lives. to want something to happen a large farm building for keeping animals easily without much noise or activities a feeling of great surprise to come/go back able to make sensible decisions
4. e
5. h
6. a
7. f
8. j
9. c
10. g
Fill in the blanks with the correct words in Task B column A.
1. 2. 3. 4.
The man ________ that he could marry the princess. Please be ________. The baby is sleeping. Because of his greediness, the old man had to live in his old and bad ________ again. The woman could not sleep ________ because she always remembered her sad experience. 5. The king was kind and ________, so his people loved him. Jawaban: 1. wished 2. quiet 3. dwelling 4. comfortably 5. wise
164
UNIT 3 Narratives
B.
Make sentences based on the pictures and the words available below. Use the past continuous tense form.
1
a spider – sting
4
2
3
wash – a golden fish – appear in the cooking pot
think hard – a lady – appear
5
plant rice – come
try to move the stone – see
Contoh jawaban: 1. The young man was sleeping when a spider stung him. 2. The girl was washing the dishes when a golden fish appeared in the cooking pot. 3. The young man was thinking hard when a beautiful lady suddenly appeared. 4. The woman was planting rice when her husband came. 5. The farmer was trying to move the stone when the king saw it. Variasi: A. Change the words in brackets into their suitable forms. 1. Snow White ________ [clean] her house when her stepmother ________ [come]. 2. The prince ________ [travel] around the town when he ________ [see] a beautiful girl. 3. While the witch ________ [cook], the two children ________ [try] to escape from her house. 4. Lia ________ [study] when someone ________ [knock] at the door. 5. Adi ________ [sing] while Rio ________ [accompany] him play the guitar. 6. I ________ [sleep] when you ________ phone] me. 7. What ________ [you, do] at seven o’clock last night? 8. The gentlemen and ladies ________ [enjoy] the feast when suddenly the lamp ________ [go off]. 9. Mr. and Mrs. Harris ________ [not have lunch] at 12 p.m. 10. The three bears ________ [take a walk] around the forest when Goldilock ________ [enter] their house. Jawaban: 1. was cleaning, came 2. was traveling, saw 3. was cooking, were trying 4. was studying, knocked
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
165
5. 7. 9. B.
was singing, was accompanying 6. was sleeping, phoned were you doing 8. were enjoying, went off were not having lunch 10. were taking a walk, entered Make sentences using the following words. Use the past continuous tense form.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
study – the lamp – go off walk down the street – see cut – finger – peel mango have lunch – phone – ring watch TV – arrive
C.
Contoh jawaban: 1. We were studying when the lamp went off. 2. Mr. Tom was walking down the street when he saw an accident. 3. When my younger brother cut his finger, he was peeling a mango. 4. The Richards were having lunch when the phone rang. 5. When Nia arrived, I was watching TV.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5
“All right. I will open only one,” he promised. A large crowd of people said goodbye to him, and he went back to his land. After he got home, he opened the bigger of the two boxes. To his amazement, there was a great deal of gold in the box.
3
The palace was very beautiful. The king of the turtles gave a feast for him and he met many people. He had never seen such a good feast. He received a warm welcome there, and he was very satisfied with everything. He thought there was no other place better than that one. He said to the turtle, “Thank you, I am glad to have met you.”
1
Long, long ago, some children were playing at a seaside when they found a turtle. They began to bully the turtle. After a while, a young man came and said to them, “Stop it!” The children went away then.
7
As soon as he opened the box, he became an old man. His hair turned white and his face was full of wrinkles. He looked like an old man over eighty years old. It all happened in a moment. After that he regretted what he did. “Just because I broke the promise . . .,” he said, but it was too late.
4
When he was going to leave the palace, the turtle said, “I am going to give you two boxes, but you can only open one of the boxes. You must not open both. Don’t forget!”
2
“I really appreciate your kindness. I really would like to invite you to a wonderful palace now,” the turtle said. As soon as the young man got on the back of the turtle, he was taken to a secret palace in the sea. When he arrived at the palace, he was very surprised and said to the turtle, “What a nice place!”
6
“Heavens!” he said loudly. He was rich now. He thought, “The other one must also be full of money.” He could not stand not opening the box, so he broke his promise and opened it. TOPICS Online Magazine ©1997-2008 - Sandy and Thomas Peters -
[email protected] Source: November 4, 2009
166
UNIT 3 Narratives
D. 1.
2.
3.
boxes . . . .’” yang artinya ”Ketika ia akan meninggalkan kerajaan tersebut, penyu berkata, ’Saya akan memberikan kepadamu dua kotak . . . .’”.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task C. What is the suitable title for the text? A. A Magic Turtle. B. A Broken Promise. C. A Greedy Young Man. D. A Young Man and His Boxes. Jawaban: C Dalam teks tersebut diceritakan bahwa pemuda itu menerima dua kotak. Ia berjanji bahwa ia hanya akan membuka salah satu dari dua kotak itu, tetapi ia membuka kedua kotak tersebut. Akibatnya, penampilannya berubah menjadi seorang laki-laki tua yang berusia delapan puluh tahun. Why did the turtle invite the young man to his palace? A. Because he had saved the turtle from bullying. B. Because he placed the turtle safely to its habitat. C. Because he had given some food to the turtle. D. Because he had saved the turtle from being killed. Jawaban: A Dalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat ”They began to bully the turtle. After a while, a young man came and said to them, ’Stop it!’ The children went away then . . . ’I really would like to invite you to a wonderful palace now,’ the turtle said.’”. Jadi, penyu itu mengundang laki-laki muda ke kerajaannya karena ia telah menyelamatkan si penyu dari gangguan anak-anak. What did the turtle give to the young man? A. A nice palace. B. A box full of gold. C. Two magic bags. D. Two boxes. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”When he was going to leave the palace, the turtle said, ’I am going to give you two
4.
What did the young man promise to the turtle? A. To use the gold to help people. B. Not to come to the palace anymore. C. To open just one box out of two. D. Not to open the box before he arrived home. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”When he was going to leave the palace, the turtle said, ’I am going to give you two boxes . . . .’ All right. I will open only one,’ he promised.” yang artinya ”Ketika ia akan meninggalkan tempat itu, penyu berkata, ’Saya akan memberikan kepadamu dua kotak . . . . ’Baiklah, saya hanya akan membuka satu kotak,’ janjinya.’”.
5.
The statements below are TRUE based on the text, except ________. A. the man broke his promise B. the man opened the bigger box at first C. the man found many people in the feast D. the man met a beautiful princess in the feast Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena tidak terdapat dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban lainnya salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”After that, he regretted what he did. ’Just because I broke the promise . . . .’ he said, but it was too late.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”After he got home, he opened the bigger of the two boxes.”, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . and the king of the turtles gave a feast for him and he met many people.”.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
167
Variasi: A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper story. Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5
Another day the mule and the master passed the same route. The mule also brought heavy loads of salt. It knew that the river was nearer. It ran as fast as it could. And then, blarr . . . it acted as if it had slipped. It drank the water and let the salt melt. “Great! I only brought light loads,” murmured the mule. The master knew its trick. He beat the mule and said angrily, “What a lazy mule! Get up and start to walk!”
3
“Ough . . . the salt has melted!” said the master angrily.
2
“Suddenly, it saw a river not far away. “Aha . . . there is a river down there. I must go there to get some water,” said the mule. It ran to the river and blarr . . . it slipped and fell into the river. It tried to get up, but it was not easy. For a little while, it felt something. The burden on its back became lighter when it stayed in the water a little longer. At last, the mule could stand up, but the salt had melted.
6
The next day the mule had to bring some sacks of cotton. It didn’t know about it. It walked fast. It arrived at the river and did the same thing as before. However, it felt something different. This time, the burden was even heavier. It wondered how it happened. It didn’t know that cotton absorbed the water. However, he had to bring the loads. The master knew it and laughed. He said, “I told you. You’re in a big trouble. You bring cotton now. It becomes heavier when it is wet, you know,” said the master. He forced the mule to walk.
1
Once upon a time a mule and its master walked on the mountain. The mule brought many sacks of salt on its back. The stuff were so heavy and the sun shone very brightly. It made the mule feel tired and thirsty. “What a hot day! I can’t walk any more,” the mule said.
4
“Sorry, Master. I didn’t know that,” the mule responded. Adapted from: June 29, 2007
B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
168
Answer the following questions. What does the first paragraph tell you about? Jawaban: It’s about a mule that brought heavy loads in a very bright sunny day. Why was the master angry? Jawaban: Because the mule melted the salt intentionally. What did the mule feel knowing that the burden became lighter? Jawaban: It felt very happy. Do you think the mule was tricky? Why/Why not? Jawaban: Yes, it was. Because it remained in the water for some time to let the salt melt so its burden became lighter. It did such a thing for twice. What did the mule bring on the last day of its journey? Jawaban: Some sacks of cotton. “The master knew it and laughed.” (Last paragraph) What does the word “it” in the sentence refer to? Jawaban: It refers to the condition of the mule when he brought heavy loads of wet cotton. What is the purpose of the story? Jawaban: To entertain the readers and to give the readers the moral value of the story. What can you learn from the story? Jawaban: We should not be tricky. UNIT 3 Narratives
A.
Look at the pictures. Write a story based on the pictures and the cue words.
1
● ● ● ●
2
a girl named Goldilocks lose in a forest find a little house in the house of the father bear, the mother bear, the baby bear
3
● ● ● ●
knock at the door, no one opened it enter the house
● ●
4
three bowls: big blue, middle-sized and a little yellow taste the father bear’s porridge in the big one – too hot taste the mother bear’s in the red bowl – too cold taste the baby bear’s in the smallest one – just right
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Goldilocks – sleepy and tired sit on the father bear’s bed – too hard sit on the mother bear’s bed – too soft the baby bear’s bed – just right – sleep the three bears – come home hungry – go to the kitchen Baby Bear: “Somebody has eaten up my porridge!”
5
● ●
three bears – go to the bedroom – see Goldilocks Goldilocks: scream with fright – run out of the house
Pictures source: August 27, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
169
Contoh jawaban: Goldilocks and the Three Bears A girl named Goldilocks was walking in the woods when she found herself lost. She felt tired and hungry. Just then Goldilocks saw a house. She knocked and knocked, but no one opened it. Then, she went inside. “Maybe there is something to eat in there.” It was the house in which lived three bears: the mother bear, the father bear and the baby bear. They were going out for a walk when Goldilocks entered their house. Goldilocks saw some food on the table, and decided to taste it. First, Goldilocks tasted the father bear’s porridge in the big blue bowl, but it was too hot. Then, Goldilocks tasted the mother bear’s porridge in the middle-sized red bowl, but it was too cold. But the baby bear’s porridge was just right, and Goldilocks ate it all up. “My goodness, I’m sleepy,” Goldilocks said entering the bedroom. Goldilocks sat on the father bear’s bed, but it was too hard. Goldilocks then sat on the mother bear’s bed, but it was too soft. The baby bear’s little bed was just right, and Goldilocks fell asleep there in an instant. After a short while, the three bears returned from the river. “Someone’s been eating my porridge!” said the father bear. “Someone’s been eating my porridge too!” said the mother bear. “Someone’s been eating my porridge, and they ate it all up!” cried the baby bear. They looked around the house to find who had done this. When they looked in the bedroom, they saw Goldilocks asleep on the baby bear’s little bed. Just then Goldilocks woke up, saw the three bears and screamed with fright. The three bears tried to catch Goldilocks, but Goldilocks ran out of the woods and all the way home, vowing never, EVER, to break and enter anybody’s home, or try to eat their stuff ever again . . .! Adapted from: November 13, 2007 August 27, 2009
B.
Write a narrative. You may choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban: Sweet Porridge There was a poor but good little girl who lived with her mother. They had nothing to eat. One day, the child went into the forest, and there an aged woman who was aware of her sorrow met her. She gifted her with a little pot, which when she said, “Cook, little pot, cook”, would cook good, sweet porridge, and when she said, “Stop, little pot”, it ceased to cook. The girl took the pot home to her mother, and soon they got free from their poverty and hunger, and ate sweet porridge as often as they wanted. One day, when the girl had gone out, her mother said, “Cook, little pot, cook.” And it did cook and she ate till she was satisfied, and then she wanted the pot to stop cooking, but did not know the word. So it went on cooking and the porridge rose over the edge, and still it cooked on until the kitchen and whole house were full, and then the next house, and then the whole street, just as if it wanted to satisfy the hunger of the whole world, and there was the greatest distress, but no one knew how to stop it. At last when only one single house remained, the child came home and just said, “Stop, little pot”, and it stopped and gave up cooking, and whomsoever wished to return to the town had to eat his way back! Adapted from: June 9, 2008
170
UNIT 3 Narratives
3.3 Short Functional Texts: Little Jokes and E-mails
Spoken Text Read the following text. Once upon a time, a beautiful princess happened upon a frog in a pond. The frog said to the princess, “I was once a handsome prince until an evil witch put a spell on me. One kiss from you and I will turn back into a prince. Then, we can marry, move into the castle with my mom where you can prepare my meals, clean my clothes, bear my children and forever feel lucky for doing so.” That night the princess had the frog’s legs for dinner. Source: November 17, 2009
The text is a little joke. A joke is a thing said or written to amuse the listeners or the readers. Sometimes you find jokes that aren’t funny. It may happen because the culture where the jokes are from are different from our culture.
Written Text Read the following text.
[email protected] [email protected]
Dear Mr. Haryanto, I am Inneke, an SMU student. I really like the short stories in your books. They are enjoyable to read and have surprising endings. By the way, I have just read a newspaper that you have just launched a new book, Short Story V. How can I get the book? I am very eager to read it. I have looked for it in a bookshop at my region, but I couldn’t find it. I look forward to hearing from you. Thank you. Inneke
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
171
The text is an e-mail. An e-mail message is made up of several parts. They include: ● header—It contains information about the sender, the routing and the time of the message. The header always contains a subject line. This is a very important part of the message and you should always include a subject line. Some folks sort their messages by subject, so it is rude to not include a subject! The subject line indicates the purpose or content of the message. ● message body, where you write your message. ● signature, which identifies the sender. This part is optional and must be set up inside of your e-mail software. Source: November 19, 2009
Answer the questions below. 1.
Do you often listen to or read jokes? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What jokes do you like to listen to or read? Contoh jawaban: Jokes about children, jokes about animals, etc. Do you often send e-mails? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Whom do you usually send e-mails to? Contoh jawaban: To my cousin and pen pals. What do you usually talk in your e-mails? Contoh jawaban: About my school activities.
2. 3. 4. 5.
A.
Your teacher is going to read you some questions. Write down the questions. Then, choose the best answer from the box for each question.
Pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Why was Cinderella no good at playing hockey? 2. What has four legs, whiskers, a tail and flies? 3. Why couldn’t Cinderella use horses to pull the Pumpkin Coach? 4. What do ants take when they are ill? 5. What did the Forty Thieves like to drink? Sources: November 17, 2009 ; The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe
172
UNIT 3 Narratives
a. b. c. d. e.
Antibiotics. Because they were too busy playing stable tennis! A dead cat. Tea . . . they were the For Tea Thieves! Because she was always running away from the ball!
Jawaban: 1. e
2.
c
3.
b
4.
a
5.
d
Variasi: A. Read the questions and answers in Task A. Complete the following sentences with the words from the box based on them. a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
a round object we use for throwing, hitting or kicking in games and sports tea table a party dies ill flies
In the original story, Cinderella was running away from the ball which means (1) ________, but in the question 1, ball means (2) ________ in contrast with hockey. When a cat (3) ________, some (4) ________ fly around it. In the answer to question 3, actually the correct word for ‘stable’ is (5) ________. People can take antibiotics when they are (6) ________. Forty has similar pronunciation with ‘for (7) ________. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. g 5. c 6. f 7. b B.
You will hear the following words in the next task. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. A
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B
pumpkin coach ball whisker fly
Jawaban: 1. c
2.
a. b. c. d. e. b
sungut kucing kereta labu lalat pesta dansa 3.
e
4.
a
5.
d
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
173
D.
Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have heard?
Teks yang dibacakan guru: The psychiatrist was surprised to see a tortoise come into his office. “What can I do for you, Mr. Tortoise?” asked the psychiatrist. “I’m terribly shy, doctor,” said the tortoise, “I want you to cure me of that.” “No problem. I’ll soon have you out of your shell.” Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe
1. ______ The joke is about a tortoise and a psychiatrist. 2. ______ The psychiatrist felt worried to see a tortoise come. 3. ______ The animal was terribly brave. 4. ______ The animal had a shell. 5. ______ The doctor would cure the animal by having him out of his shell. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (He felt surprised to see a tortoise come.) 3. F (He was terribly shy.) 4. T 5. T Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher’s texts. What are the texts about? Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru: Text 1 Hi, friends, one day a young child asked his mother, “Do men always snore?” And you know the answer? Well, she said, “No. Only when they’re sleeping.” Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe
Text 2 I tell you something. There’s a patient who complained to his doctor. He said, “Doctor, Doctor, I’m having trouble with my breathing.” Then, his doctor tried to calm him by saying, “O.K. I’ll give you something that will soon put a stop to that!” Adapted from: October 8, 2007
Jawaban: Text 1 is about a kid who asked his mother why men snore. Text 2 is about a patient who complained about his breathing problem. B.
Answer the questions based on the texts you have heard in Task A.
Text 1 1. According to the mother, do men always snore? Jawaban: No, they don’t. 2. When do they snore? Jawaban: Only when they are sleeping.
174
UNIT 3 Narratives
3.
In your opinion, what is funny about the joke? Jawaban: There is a misunderstanding between the kid and his mother. Maybe the kid’s real question is, “Do men always snore when they are sleeping?”
Text 2 1. What did the patient complain about? Jawaban: His breathing. 2. Did the doctor actually want to stop the patient’s breathing or his breathing problem? Jawaban: The patient’s breathing problem.
A.
Complete the text with the words from the box.
a.
young
b.
future
c.
Biology
d.
adviced
e.
thrilled
A lonely frog, desperate for any form of company, telephoned the Psychic Hotline to find out what his (1) ________ had in store. His Personal Psychic Advisor (2) ________ him, “You are going to meet a beautiful (3) ________ girl who will want to know everything about you.” The frog was (4) ________ and said, “This is great! Where will I meet her, at work, at a party?” “No”, said the psychic, “in a (5) ________ class!” Source: November 17, 2009
Jawaban: 1. b B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
2.
d
3.
a
4.
e
5.
c
Answer the questions based on the text in Task A. How was the frog’s condition? Jawaban: He was lonely and desperate. Why does he telephone the Psychic Hotline? Jawaban: To find out what his future had in store. Whom was the frog going to meet? Jawaban: A beautiful young girl. Where would the frog meet her? Jawaban: In a biology class. What would the girl do with the frog actually? Jawaban: She would do a research about the frog.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
175
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan lain sebagai berikut. 1. Why was the frog desperate for? Jawaban: Any form of company. 2. What did he telephone? Jawaban: The Psychic Hotline. 3. What advice did he get? Jawaban: That he was going to meet a beautiful young girl who wanted to know everything about him. 4. What did the frog probably feel to hear that he would mmeet a beautiful girl? Jawaban: He was thrilled. 5. What did the girl do? Jawaban: She was a biology student. C.
Find a little joke in the Internet, in a magazine or a newspaper. Tell the joke to your friends.
Contoh jawaban: My little brother once had a guessing game with his friend. My brother said, “What is the strongest animal?” His friend could not answer. After a moment, he answered it himself, “A snail. He carries his house on his back!” Ha . . . ha what a clever brother! Source: June 29, 2007
A.
Read the e-mail below. Then, answer the questions.
[email protected] When can we meet?
When can we get together to work on our project? I am available any time this week after 5 p.m. But I do have some other appointments next week. I would like to meet before we have our next class, so e-mail me and let me know what would work for you. Thanks! Chandra Source: November 19, 2009
176
UNIT 3 Narratives
Questions: 1. What is the purpose of the e-mail? Jawaban: To ask about time/date to meet the addressee. 2. Why does the writer want to meet the addressee? Jawaban: To work together on their project. 3. When is the writer available for doing the project? Jawaban: Any time this week after 5 p.m. 4. When does the writer want to meet the addressee? Jawaban: Before their next class. 5. What does the writer want the addressee to do? Jawaban: To e-mail her and inform about the available time. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
Hi, Hanna, how are you? I haven’t heard from you for a long time. I’ve arrived in England. The weather is cold here. It snows every day. Luckily I bring a coat and jacket with me. Thanks for your advice. By the way, how is the weather in our country? Is it in the middle of summer or rainy season? Is it hot or wet? You have to tell me about the weather in our country when you reply to my e-mail, O.K.? Hope to hear from you soon. Deshinta
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)
Questions: 1. Where is Deshinta now? Jawaban: In England. 2. How is the weather there? Jawaban: It is cold. 3. What happens every day in the place? Jawaban: It snows.
4. 5.
What is Hanna’s advice? Jawaban: To bring a coat and jacket. What does Deshinta want to know? Jawaban: About the weather in their country.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
177
B.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good e-mail.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 7
How could you do such carelessness?
1
6
To:
[email protected] Cc: Subject: Complaint It was published in “TODAY” newspaper some months ago.
5
This is because there was an article which is very similar with mine.
3
I am one of your faithful readers.
8
Regards, Jenita
2
Dear editors of SMART magazine,
4
I am happy because by reading your magazine, I can improve my English and get more knowledge. However, when I read your last edition (edition XXI), I felt disappointed.
C.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the e-mail in Task B?
1.
______ The purpose of the e-mail is to tell about Jenita’s compliment after reading the magazine. 2. ______ Jenita doesn’t like reading SMART magazine. 3. ______ Jenita felt disappointed because the magazine published bad articles. 4. ______ Jenita’s article was published some months ago. 5. ______ “TODAY” newspaper published Jane’s article. Jawaban: 1. F (Its purpose is to complain about something.) 2. F (She likes reading it.) 3. F (She felt disappointed because the magazine published an article which was similar to hers.) 4. T 5. T
A.
Write an e-mail based on the situation below.
Suppose you have a problem dealing with your study, family or friends. You want to consult your problems to a good magazine consultant via an e-mail. How would your e-mail be?
178
UNIT 3 Narratives
Contoh jawaban:
[email protected] What should I do?
Dear TEENAGE TODAY magazine, I am sending this e-mail to you to consult about my problem. Well, in a few weeks I am going to face the final test. However, up to now I can’t concentrate well in my study. This is because recently my mom and dad have always been fighting. I don’t know why they fight, but it really disturbs me a lot. I feel sad and want them to stop fighting, but I don’t know how to stop them. What should I do, Ma’am? Please tell me. Thank you for your attention. Lyana
B.
Exchange your e-mail you have written in Task A with a friend’s. Write a reply for the e-mail.
Suppose you were a magazine consultant. How would you help solve your client’s problem? Contoh jawaban:
[email protected] Get a new place to study
Dear Lyana, I know how you feel. Your heart may feel hurt and annoyed by the situation in your house. I suggest that you study in a friend’s or relative’s home so that you can concentrate more. And to stop your parents from fighting is not an easy thing to do. Well, just talk to each of them about your feeling. I am sure they don’t want to fight. They just feel difficult to control their emotion. If this doesn’t succeed, talk to a third person. He/she can be your grandmother or grandfather. Ask him/her to tell your parents about your problem. Hopefully, it will work. Love, Consultant
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
179
C.
Write an e-mail. You may choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
talita @gmail.co.id When can we meet?
Dear friends, It has been two years we didn’t meet each other. I am sure you miss the situations when we played together, ate in Bu Wongso’s canteen, camped at school and had great time there. Therefore, why don’t we conduct a reunion? I suggest that it will be conducted in June or early July when we all have holidays. What do you think? Please tell me your opinion about the place or date of the reunion. And if you have an idea about interesting things to do in the reunion, please feel free to write. Thank you. Amanda
Write a narrative which deals with fairies.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. clan deathbed
: kaum, suku, marga : akhir hidup/waktu meninggal dunia to entitle : berjudul to happen upon : menemukan hurriedly : dengan terburu-buru loner : seorang penyendiri mule : bagal
180
UNIT 3 Narratives
overhead peasant roadway to roast sculptor to settle to stew to tickle woodcutter
: di atas kepala petani : jalan untuk kendaraan : memanggang : pemahat/ahli patung : membereskan, menyelesaikan : merebus : menggelikan, menyenangkan : penebang kayu
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. Ira : Oh, it is raining again. Andi : Yeah, . . . and it seems that it will rain heavily. Ira : By the way, what bus are you going to take? Andi : Bus line two. Ira : Oh, we will be in the same bus then. Andi : Oh, yeah? What is your destination? Ira : To Jalan Senopati. What about you? Andi : To Sandy bookstore, on Jalan Ahmad Yani. Ira : Here comes our bus. Let’s go. Andi : Let’s. 1. Where does the dialog take place? A. On a bus. B. At a bus stop. C. Near a traffic light. D. On the way home. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira, yaitu ”By the way, what bus are you going to take?” dan juga kalimat ”Here comes our bus. Let’s go.”. Dari kedua kalimat ini dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan itu terjadi di sebuah halte bus (at a bus stop). 2. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the dialog? A. Andi and Ira will be in the same bus. B. The bus passes Jalan Senopati. C. Andi is going to a bookstore. D. Ira is going to Jalan Ahmad Yani. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira ”To Jalan Senopati.”. Jadi, Ira akan ke Jalan Senopati, bukan Jalan Ahmad Yani. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Oh, we will be in the same bus then.”. Pilihan
jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira ”To Jalan Senopati.”. Karena Ira akan ke Jalan Senopati, dapat dipastikan bus itu melewati Jalan Senopati. Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Andi, ” To Sandy book store, on Jalan Ahmad Yani.”. This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. Ms. Ida: Excuse me, do you know where I can meet Mr. Harno? Ryan : He is in the reading room, on the second floor, near class VIIIB. Ms. Ida: It’s not true. Someone told me that his office is on the first floor. Ryan : You’re right, but he usually goes to the reading room when he doesn’t teach. Ms. Ida: I see. Thank you. 3. Ms. Ida says, “It’s not true?” What does it mean? A. She is asking for information. B. She is denying information. C. She is giving information. D. She is getting information. Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Itu tidak benar.”. Kalimat ini digunakan untuk menyangkal informasi. 4. What will Ms. Ida do after the conversation? A. She will go to the reading room. B. She will go to the first floor. C. She will go to Class VIIIB. D. She will go home. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut Nona Ida mengatakan, ”Excuse me, do you know where I can meet Mr. Harno?” yang artinya ”Maaf, apakah kamu tahu di mana saya dapat bertemu Bapak Harno?” yang dijawab Ryan, ”He is in the reading room, on the second floor, near Class VIIIB.” yang artinya ”Dia ada di ruang baca, di lantai dua, dekat kelas VIIIB.”. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa Nona Ida akan pergi ke ruang baca, tempat Bapak Harno berada saat itu.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
181
5. The statement below is CORRECT according to the dialog, except ________. A. when the conversation takes place, Mr. Harno doesn’t teach B. Mr. Harno likes to be in the reading room C. Mr. Harno’s office is on the second floor D. class VIIIB is on the second floor Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ryan, yaitu ”You’re right . . . .” yang artinya ”Kamu benar . . . .” ketika menanggapi pernyataan Ida, ”Someone told me that his office is on the first floor.” yang artinya ”Seseorang berkata kepada saya bahwa kantornya berada di lantai satu.”. Jadi, kantor Bapak Harno berada di lantai satu, bukan lantai dua. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”He is in the reading room . . . .” dan kalimat ”You’re right, but he usually goes to the reading room when he doesn’t teach.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”You’re right, but usually he goes to the reading room when he doesn’t teach.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . on the second floor, near Class VIIIB.”. This text is for questions 6 and 7. One day, two witches had a conversation. The first witch said, “I’m not ugly. I could marry anyone I pleased.” And you know, the second witch replied her, “But that’s the problem—you don’t please anyone.” Source: The Biggest Book of Stupid Jokes in the Universe
6. What did the first witch’s sentence mean? A. She could marry anyone who liked her. B. She could marry anyone she wanted to. C. She could marry anyone she welcomed. D. She could marry anyone because she made him happy. Jawaban: B Kalimat yang diucapkan tukang sihir wanita yang pertama artinya ”Saya tidak jelek. Saya dapat menikah dengan siapa pun yang saya suka.”.
182
UNIT 3 Narratives
7. The second witch says, “. . . you don’t please anyone.” What does the word ‘please’ here mean? A. To make somebody annoyed. B. To make somebody happy. C. Choose. D. Like. Jawaban: B Yang menyebabkan percakapan itu lucu adalah perbedaan kata ’please’ di sini. Kata ’please’ yang dimaksud oleh perempuan kedua ini adalah membuat orang senang. This text is for questions 8 and 9. Subject: I want to meet you To : Ima_lucu@yahoocom Date : Sun, February 28, 2010 10:08:11 – 08:00 From :
[email protected] Dear Ima, I feel happy because you have got a scholarship to study in the USA. Congratulations! You’re really a clever student. I’m so sorry I couldn’t join your farewell party last week. Actually I wanted to, but at that time my little sister was hospitalized because of high fever. When are you going to USA? I hope we can meet before you go. And I wish you be successful in your study, and you will feel at home there. I look forward to hearing from you. Ratna 8. When was the farewell party probably held? A. February 21, 2010. B. February 28, 2010. C. March 28, 2010. D. March 3, 2010. Jawaban: A Dalam teks tersebut tertulis ”I’m so sorry I couldn’t join your farewell party last week.”. Dalam teks itu terlihat bahwa e-mail itu dikirim pada tanggal 28 Februari 2010. Berdasarkan kata ’last week’ di sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa pesta itu diadakan pada tanggal 21 Februari 2010 karena berjarak seminggu sebelum e-mail dikirimkan.
9. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the e-mail? A. Ima got a scholarship to study in the USA. B. Ratna didn’t join the farewell party. C. Ima’s sister was hospitalized last week. D. Ratna hopes she can meet Ima before she goes to USA. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan salah yang karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Actually I wanted to, but at that time my little sister was hospitalized because of high fever.” yang artinya ”Sebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi adik perempuan saya dirawat di rumah sakit karena demam tinggi.”. Kata ’I’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu kepada pengirim e-mail, yaitu Ratna. Jadi, yang sakit dan dirawat di rumah sakit adalah saudara perempuan Ratna, bukan saudara perempuan Ima. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. This text is for questions 10 to 14. In ancient times, a king commanded one of his soldiers to place a very huge rock on a roadway. Then, he hid himself in bushes. You know why? Well, he wanted to see if anyone would remove the huge rock. And . . . some of the wealthiest merchants and courtiers came by. But . . . they simply walked around it. Even many loudly blamed the King and said, “Huh, why doesn’t he keep the roads clear?” But no one did anything to get the stone out of the way. Then, a peasant came along. He was carrying a load of vegetables. When he was approaching the rock, the peasant laid down his burden. He tried to move the stone to the side of the road. After much pushing and straining, he finally succeeded. When the peasant picked up his load of vegetables, he noticed something. What was it? A purse was lying in the road where the rock had been. The purse contained many gold coins! And there was a note from the King which said, “This gold was for the person who removed the rock from the roadway.” The peasant learned what many of us ever understand. Every obstacle presents an opportunity to improve our condition. Source: May 26, 2007
10. What did the King ask his soldiers to do? A. To place a car on a roadway. B. To place a huge stone on a roadway. C. To place some plants on pots. D. To remove a huge stone on a roadway. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”In ancient times, a King commanded one of his soldiers to place a very huge rock on a roadway.” yang artinya ”Pada zaman dahulu, seorang raja memerintahkan anak buahnya untuk meletakkan sebuah batu yang sangat besar di tengah jalan.”. 11. What did some of the wealthiest merchants do? A. They walked around the rock. B. They moved the rock. C. They climbed the rock. D. They hit the rock. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kelima dan keenam paragraf satu ”And . . . some of the wealthiest merchants and courtiers came by. But . . . they simply walked around it.”. yang artinya ”Dan . . . beberapa saudagar paling kaya dan anggota istana datang. Namun, . . . mereka hanya berjalan di sekitarnya.”. 12. Who was passing with a lot of vegetables? A. A king. B. A soldier. C. A peasant. D. A merchant. Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat kedua dan ketiga paragraf dua dijelaskan ”Then, a peasant came along. He was carrying a load of vegetables.” yang artinya ”Kemudian, seorang petani datang. Ia membawa muatan sayuran.”. Jadi, yang melintas dengan membawa sayuran adalah seorang petani. 13. Why did the person lay down his burden? A. He felt tired. B. He would sell the vegetables. C. He wanted to move the rock. D. He would give the vegetables to another peasant.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
183
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat dan kelima paragraf dua ”When he was approaching the rock, the peasant laid down his burden. He tried to move the stone to the side of the road.” yang artinya ”Ketika ia mendekati batu itu, petani tersebut meletakkan bebannya. Ia mencoba memindahkan batu itu ke pinggir jalan.”. 14. Below are what the peasant got, except ________. A. gold coins B. a valuable lesson C. the King’s note D. some vegetables Jawaban: D Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”And there was a note from the King which said, “This gold was for the person who removed the rock from the roadway.” The peasant learned what many of us ever understand. Every obstacle presents an opportunity to improve our condition.”. Berdasarkan kalimat ini diketahui bahwa yang didapatkan petani itu adalah koin emas, catatan dari raja, dan juga pelajaran yang berharga. Jadi, yang tidak didapatkan petani itu adalah vegetables (sayuran). 15. Rina ________ [do] her homework when the lamp [go] off. The correct words in brackets to complete the sentence are ________. A. was doing, went B. did, was going C. was doing, was going D. were doing, went Jawaban: A Kalimat ini menunjukkan kejadian yang terjadi pada waktu lampau. Kegiatan yang terjadi pada waktu yang lebih lama dan lebih dahulu menggunakan the past continuous tense (was/were + Ving), dan yang lebih singkat menggunakan the simple past tense. Dalam kalimat itu, diketahui bahwa kejadian yang lebih lama dan lebih dahulu terjadi adalah mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah, dan yang lebih singkat, yang terjadi adalah lampu
184
UNIT 3 Narratives
mati. Karena subjek adalah orang ketiga tunggal, kata kerja yang digunakan adalah was, sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah was doing dan went. This text is for questions 16 to 20. The Magic Candle One day a young wanderer got lost in a wood. Suddenly he saw a light from an old hut. He knocked at the door and an old woman opened it. She was crying. She said that the devil had stolen her magic candle. The candle could grant anything she asked. The wanderer asked her where the devil lived. “In a castle not far from here,” said the old woman. The wanderer went to the castle. There he found the devil, but he was old and weak. Therefore, when the wanderer grabbed the magic candle from the devil’s table and ran away, the devil couldn’t chase him. But the wanderer was not a kind man. He didn’t return the candle to the old woman, but kept it for himself. He lit the candle and made a wish, “I want to go far away from here.” Suddenly, the genies appeared and took him to a beautiful palace. There was a party in the palace. The wanderer wanted to make some money. So, he lit the candle again and wished for some jewelry. He sold them to the guests and was soon making a lot of money. Then, the Princess came to buy the jewelry, but there was nothing left. The wanderer felt in love with her and asked her to marry him. The kind princess said, “Yes”, and they got married the next day. In his happiness, the wanderer told the princess about his adventure and the magic candle. Hearing that, the princess got very angry. At night she lit the candle and wished that the wanderer disappeared. In the morning the wanderer awoke and found himself back in his ugly house in the village. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
16. Who did the wanderer get the candle from? A. The old woman. B. The devil. C. The princess. D. The guests.
Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf dua ”Therefore, when the wanderer grabbed the magic candle from the devil’s table and ran away, . . . .” yang artinya ”Oleh karena itu, ketika pengembara itu merenggut lilin ajaib dari meja setan itu dan lari, . . . .”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa pengembara itu mengambil lilin dari setan. 17. What did the wanderer ask from the genies? A. Some jewelry. B. A lot of money. C. Having a party in a palace. D. Getting married to the princess. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ketujuh paragraf tiga ”So, he lit the candle again and wished for some jewelry.” yang artinya ”Jadi, ia menyalakan lilin itu dan meminta perhiasan.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan hal yang diminta dari jin lilin itu. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena ia mendapat uang bukan dari jin, tetapi karena ia menjual perhiasan yang diberikan jin, (C) salah karena yang diminta dari jin adalah pergi jauh dari tempat ia berada, bukannya berpesta di istana, dan (D) salah karena ia meminta putri secara langsung untuk menikah dengannya, bukan lewat perantara jin. 18. Which statement is NOT TRUE about the text? A. The princess got married to the wanderer the day after he asked her to do so. B. The wanderer found an old woman crying in an old hut. C. The princess bought jewelry from the wanderer. D. The devil was old and weak. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat kesembilan paragraf tiga ”Then, the Princess came to buy the jewelry, but there was nothing left.” yang artinya ”Kemudian, putri itu datang untuk membeli perhiasan itu, tetapi tidak ada yang tersisa.”. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”The wanderer felt in love with her and asked her to marry him. The kind princess said ’Yes’, and they got married the next day.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”He knocked at the door and an old woman opened it. She was crying.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”There he found the devil, but he was old and weak.”. 19. Why did the princess get angry? Because ________. A. the wanderer told her that he had stolen the candle B. the wanderer was drunk after they got married C. the wanderer had a relationship with the genies D. the old woman told her that the wanderer had stolen the candle Jawaban: A Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”In his happiness, the wanderer told the princess about his adventure and the magic candle. Hearing that, the princess got very angry.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa putri itu marah karena cerita pengembara mengenai lilin ajaib itu, yang diperoleh karena mencuri. 20. What can you learn from the story? A. We should be generous. B. We should not take other people’s belonging. C. Keeping others’ belonging is harmful. D. A man should not marry a woman from a higher class. Jawaban: B Dalam cerita itu terlihat bahwa pengembara kembali pada keadaannya semula karena putri meminta jin lilin agar pengembara itu dilenyapkan dari hadapannya. Putri marah karena pengembara berkata bahwa ia telah mendapatkan lilin ajaib secara tidak halal. Jadi, hal yang dapat kita pelajari dari cerita tersebut adalah bahwa kita tidak boleh mengambil milik orang lain serta, memperoleh sesuatu secara halal.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
185
B.
Write a narrative story which deals with a prince or princess.
Contoh jawaban: Once upon a time there was a beautiful girl called Sarah, who lived with her stepmother. Her stepmother was very bossy, greedy and arrogant. She hated Sarah. One day when her father was working outside, the stepmother hit Sarah and expelled her from the house. She went outside and walked far away from the house. Suddenly, she saw a big melon farm and went in it. After that, she hid in a big melon. She used to go out of the melon and get her food.
One day a prince visited the farm and saw the big melon. “Cut this melon. I want to eat it,’’ the prince said. The prince’s guards started to cut the melon. but they heard a voice from it. Sarah said, “Don’t cut me, please!” They were all surprised at this situation. The prince said, “Who are you? Calm down, please come out.” After that she came out. He fell in love with her. She told him her story, so the prince decided to marry her and they lived happily ever after. Written by Sanaa, Aisha and Fozya Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Perama Kelas VIII
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 4, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
186
UNIT 3 Narratives
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. Nita : Excuse me, do you know where Jalan Senopati is? Evan : What number? Nita : 11A. Evan : Oh, you are looking for Mr. Sastra’s house? Nita : You’re right. Evan : Well, just go straight the street, then take the second turning on your left. The only house with yellow color is his house. Nita : Thank you. 1. Nita says, “Excuse me, do you know where Jalan Senopati is?” What does it mean? A. She is asking for information. B. She is denying information. C. She is giving information. D. She is getting information. 2. Below is the description of the house Nita is looking for, except ________. A. it is yellow B. it is the biggest house C. it is Mr. Sastra’s house D. it is located at Jalan Senopati number 11A This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. Nia : Hi, Ira. Ira : Hi, Nia. Going to the library? Nia : Yup! What about you? Ira : Me too. By the way, it is very cold today. Nia : I think so. Maybe it will rain. Ira : Maybe. I hope it won’t rain at the time we go home. Nia : I hope so. Anyway, are you going to return the book? Ira : Yes . . . . Nia : May I have a look? Ira : Here you are.
Nia : Oh, a short story book. It seems interesting. I think I will borrow it after you. Ira : O.K. 3. Where does the conversation probably take place? A. At school. B. In the school library. C. On their way to a library. D. On their way home. 4. Ira says, “By the way, it is very cold today.” What does it mean? A. She wants to give information. B. She wants to ask for an opinion. C. She wants to start a conversation. D. She wants to maintain a conversation. 5.
What is Nia’s plan? A. To borrow Nia’s book. B. To borrow a new short story book. C. To borrow the book which Nia is going to return. D. To buy the same book as the one Ira has bought.
This text is for questions 6 and 7. A woman was walking in the park when she saw a man playing chess with his cat. She said to the man, “I can’t believe what I’m seeing, a cat that plays chess, what a clever animal!!” The man replied, “Nah, lady, this cat is not clever at all. I’m beating it 6 games to 1.” Source: November 17, 2009
6. Why does the woman think that the cat is clever? A. Because it could talk. B. Because it could play chess. C. Because it could beat the man. D. Because it could understand what the woman said.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
187
7. What can you conclude from what the man says? A. He misunderstood the woman. B. He did not agree with the woman. C. He liked playing with the cat. D. He didn’t like the cat. This text is for questions 8 and 9. Subject: invitation Date : Sun, February 28, 2010 10:08:11 – 08:00 From :
[email protected] To :
[email protected] Hi Hanssen, I was asked by Mr. Miller, the leader of our tennis club, to let you know that we have made a plan for a tennis camp, which is to be held on November 22–23, 2010 at the usual campsite. We hope you will join the camp. If it’s impossible, how about coming on either of the two days? I guess we can enjoy seeing autumn leaves as well as playing tennis. All the best, Johnson Adapted from: November 17, 2009 http:// vu.flare.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/english/writing/intermediate/ informal/examples.htm
8. What is the e-mail about? A. The leader of a tennis club. B. A tennis competition. C. Autumn leaves. D. A tennis camp. 9. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on the e-mail? A. Mr. Hanssen is the leader of the tennis club. B. Mr. Miller asked Mr. Johnson about the tennis camp. C. The tennis camp is going to be held in autumn. D. Mr. Johnson hopes Mr. Hanssen is able to join the two-day camp. This story is for questions 10 to 14. The Caliph and the Clown The Caliph of Baghdad hired an intelligent and high spirited man as his court jester, and was much amused by his clever, witty 188
UNIT 3 Narratives
comments. The clown was so well loved by his master that everyone at court showed him great respect. And so the Caliph was much surprised one day when he heard his beloved clown crying out in distress from the throne room. The Caliph hurried there and was astonished to find the guards beating the clown badly. “Leave him alone at once!” he ordered. “Why are you beating him?” “We found him sitting on your throne, O majesty!” the captain of the guards explained. “Out of my sight!” commanded the Caliph. “For sure the jester did not do it with the intention of offending me.” The clown, however, continued to weep and wail even after the guards had left. “Stop it!” said the irritated Caliph. “You’re still in one piece, aren’t you?” “I’m not crying for myself, my Lord. I weep for you,” the clown explained. “For me?” exclaimed the Caliph in surprise. “Certainly! If I get beaten so badly for having been only a few minutes on the throne, how many beatings must you have suffered in all the years that you have been there?” Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
10. What made the Caliph amused from his court jester? A. His great respect. B. His clever comments. C. His pitiful look. D. His love for the Caliph. 11. The clown kept weeping because ________. A. he felt pity for the Caliph B. he wanted to offend the Caliph C. he couldn’t stand the beating D. he only sat on the throne for a few minutes 12. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The Caliph loved the clown so much. B. The clown still wept even after the guards had left. C. The Caliph didn’t see his clown sitting on his throne. D. The clown thought that the Caliph would not get any beating
13. “Why are you beating him?” (Paragraph 3) The word ‘you’ refers to ________. A. the clown B. the Caliph C. the guards D. everyone at the court 14. “. . . and was astonished to find . . . .” (Paragraph 2) The synonym of ‘astonished’ is ________. A. amused B. interested C. surprised D. discontented For questions 15 and 16, choose the correct words to complete the sentence. The witch (15) ________ to hide herself when the prince (16) ________ her. 15. A. C.
try was trying
B. trying D. were trying
16. A. C.
see was seeing
B. saw D. were seeing
This text is for questions 17 to 20. The Story of the Coconut Tree There was once an old man. He was very, very old. Some people said he was a thousand years old! He was also very wise and he knew many things. Many people came to visit him in his cave near the sea. They always asked him to help them. One day, a young man came to see this wise old man. “O, wise father,” said the young man, “I want to be useful to people. I want to serve them all my life. How can I do this?” “That’s very good,” said the old man. “Here is a magic box. Do not open it until you reach home. If you open it now, something will happen to you.” “Thank you, wise father,” said the young man. He took the box and left. When he was out of the cave, he stopped. “I wonder what is in the box?” he said to himself. “I’m going to look.”
He opened the box and at once he turned into a tall tree—a coconut tree. That was his punishment for disobeying the old man advice, but he still had his wish because the coconut tree is very useful to people. Source: November 4, 2009
17. What did the young man want? A. He wanted to be rich. B. He wanted to be useful. C. He wanted to be an army. D. He wanted to work for the old man. 18. Where did the young man meet the old man? A. In a cave in the side of a hill. B. In a cave near the sea. C. In the young man’s home. D. In a forest. 19. Which statement is CORRECT about the young man? A. The old man gave him a box containing jewels. B. The old man asked him to open the box after three days. C. The old man didn’t want to help him. D. He opened the box when he was out of the cave. 20. “That was his punishment for disobeying the old man.” (Paragraph 5) The word ‘punishment’ means ________. A. reward B. penalty C. payment D. compensation B.
Write a narrative which deals with a royal family.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
189
Jawaban Review Unit 3 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. A. Kalimat yang dikatakan Nita artinya ”Maaf, apakah Anda mengetahui di mana Jalan Senopati?”. Kalimat ini digunakan untuk meminta informasi. 2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak terdapat dalam percakapan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Evan ”The only house with yellow color is his house.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat Evan ”Oh, you are looking for Mr. Sastra’s house?” serta jawaban Nita ”You’re right.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Nita ”Excuse me, do you know where Jalan Senopati is?” dan nomor yang disebutkan Nita ’11A’. 3. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira, ”Going to the library?” yang artinya ”Pergi ke perpustakaan?” dan dijawab Nia, ”Yup!”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa percakapan itu terjadi dalam perjalanan menuju ke perpustakaan. 4. D. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ira tersebut artinya ”Ngomong-ngomong, hari ini sangat dingin.”. Kalimat ini merupakan basa-basi yang tujuannya untuk memperpanjang percakapan, sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (D) yang artinya ia ingin memperpanjang percakapan. 5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan Ira, ”Anyway, are you going to return the book?” yang artinya ”O, ya, apakah kamu akan mengembalikan buku itu?” dan kalimat ”Oh, a short story book. It seems interesting. I think I will borrow it after you.” yang artinya ”Oh, sebuah buku cerita pendek. Kelihatannya menarik. Saya kira saya akan meminjamnya setelah kamu.”. Jadi, Nia akan meminjam buku cerita pendek yang akan dikembalikan Ira.
190
UNIT 3 Narratives
6. B.
7. B.
8. D.
9. A.
10. B.
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan wanita itu, ”I can’t believe what I’m seeing, a cat that plays chess, what a clever animal!!” yang artinya ”Saya tidak percaya apa yang saya lihat, seekor kucing yang dapat bermain catur, sungguh seekor kucing yang pandai!!”. Jadi, wanita itu berpendapat kucing itu pandai karena kucing itu dapat bermain catur. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakan laki-laki itu, ”Nah, lady, this cat is not clever at all. I’m beating it 6 games to 1.” yang artinya ”Ibu, kucing ini sama sekali tidak pintar. Saya mengalahkannya 6 lawan 1.”. Pada paragraf satu dijelaskan mengenai rencana adanya kemah tenis (kalimat: ”. . . to let you know that we have made plans for a tennis comp, . . . .”), dan pada paragraf dua mengenai harapan Johnson agar Hanssen mengikuti kemah itu (kalimat: ”We hope you will join the camp.”). Jadi, e-mail itu mengenai kemah tenis. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . Mr. Miller, the leader of our tennis club, to let you know that . . . .” yang artinya ”. . . Pak Miller, ketua klub tenis kita, untuk memberitahumu bahwa . . . .”. Jadi, yang merupakan ketua klub tenis adalah Pak Miller, bukan Pak Hanssen. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”. . . and was much amused by his clever, witty comments.” yang artinya ”. . . dan sangat terhibur oleh komentarkomentarnya yang cerdik dan lucu.”. Kata ’his’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada pelawak tersebut (the jester).
11. A.
12. D.
13. C.
14. C.
Badut/pelawak tersebut terusmenerus mengangis karena ia merasa kasihan (felt pity) pada sang Caliph. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan si badut, ”I’m not crying for myself, my Lord, I weep for you . . . . If I get beaten so badly for havign been only a few minutes on the throne, how many beatings must you have suffered in all the years that you have been there?” Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Certainly! If I get beaten so badly for having been only a few minutes on the throne, how many beatings must you have suffered in all the years that you have been there?” yang artinya ”Tentu saja! Jika saya dipukul dengan keras karena berada di singgasana selama beberapa menit saja, berapa banyak pukulan yang harus Anda derita dalam tahun-tahun Anda berada di sana?”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa badut itu berpendapat bahwa Caliph akan menerima banyak pukulan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sesuai dengan teks; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pada paragraf enam, dan (C) sesuai dengan paragraf empat dan lima. Kata ’you’ pada kalimat tersebut merujuk kepada orang yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu para pengawal (the guards). Hal ini dapat diketahui pada kalimat ”The Caliph hurried there and was astonished to find the guards beating the clown badly.”. Jadi, kalimat ”Why are you beating him?” merupakan ucapan sang Caliph ketika ia menghardik pengawal tersebut. Kata ’astonished’ yang artinya terkejut memiliki arti yang sama dengan ’surprised’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya terhibur, (B) artinya tertarik, dan (D) artinya tidak senang/ puas.
15. C.
16. B.
17. B.
18. B.
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai subjeknya, yang merupakan orang ketiga tunggal, sehingga digunakan kata ’was’. Selain itu, kegiatan mencoba bersembunyi merupakan kegiatan yang terjadi pada waktu yang lebih lama dan lebih dahulu daripada kegiatan yang dilakukan pada waktu bersamaan, yaitu sang pangeran melihatnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan subjek yang merupakan orang ketiga tunggal, (B) salah karena tidak menggunakan kata kerja bantu (is/ was), dan (D) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan subjek yang merupakan orang ketiga tunggal. Peristiwa yang kedua lebih singkat dan terjadi saat peristiwa pertama telah terjadi, sehingga kejadian kedua menggunakan the simple past tense. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan subjek yang merupakan orang ketiga tunggal (the prince), (C) salah karena yang menggunakan the past continuous tense adalah kegiatan yang lebih lama dan mulai dilakukan terlebih dahulu, dan (D) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan subjek yang merupakan orang ketiga tunggal. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua ”. . . said the young man, ’I want to be useful to people. I want to serve them all my life. How can I do this?’” yang artinya ”. . . kata lelaki muda itu, ’Saya ingin berguna bagi banyak orang. Saya ingin melayani mereka sepanjang hidup saya. Bagaimana saya dapat melakukan hal ini?’”. Jadi, lelaki itu ingin menjadi orang yang berguna. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima paragraf satu ”Many people came to visit him in his cave near the sea.” yang artinya ”Banyak orang datang mengunjunginya di guanya di dekat laut.” dan kalimat pertama
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
191
19. D.
20. B.
paragraf dua ”One day, a young man came to, see this wise old man.” yang artinya Suatu hari, seorang lelaki muda datang mengunjungi lelaki tua yang bijaksana ini.”. Dari kalimatkalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa pemuda itu menemui laki-laki tua di gua di dekat laut, tempat tinggal laki-laki tua itu.”. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat pada paragraf empat dan lima ”When he was out of the cave, he stopped. . . . He opened the box.” yang artinya ”Ketika ia keluar dari gua, ia berhenti . . . . Ia membuka kotak itu.”. Jadi, pemuda itu membuka kotak ketika ia keluar dari gua. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Kata ’punishment’ artinya ’hukuman’. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan ’penalty’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya imbalan/ hadiah, (C) artinya bayaran, dan (D) artinya ganti rugi/bayaran.
B. Esai Contoh jawaban: The Boat that Went Both on Land and on Water There was once a great kingdom whose king had a daughter to marry off. A bit proud she was, but more beautiful than any. The king
192
UNIT 3 Narratives
was in no hurry to find her a husband. He loved to have her with him for she was as quick as a warbler, as straight as an arrow, and as sunny as an Easter day. He didn’t look forward to letting any young man have her, not even a king’s son. “Anyway,” thought he, “where will I ever find a real match for her? She’s my daughter, after all, the daughter of a great king.” But in time, the queen, the dishwasher, the minister and the cobbler, in fact everyone in the castle and in the streets, began reminding the king at every turn that this daughter of his was his only child. He had to get her married—not to a prince, perhaps, if he couldn’t think of a suitable one, but at least to a capable lad who could one day govern the kingdom. “Is that what you want?” cried the king one morning, as his minister brought the subject up for the umpteenth time. “Is that your wish? You want a capable lad? All right, at the stroke of noon, have it announced with a flourish of trumpets that I’ll give my daughter to anyone who takes wood from my forest and builds me a boat that goes both on land and on water. Yes, I’ll say, to anyone who comes asking for her riding a boat like that!” To himself he said, “A lot of water will flow under the bridges before any mother’s son brings me a boat you can sail over fields and waves. These fools won’t pester me any more with their nonsense about having to get my girl married!” Source: April 14, 2008
Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/ paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1 Telaga Warna Long long ago there was a kingdom in West Java. The kingdom was ruled by a king. People called their king His Majesty Prabu. Prabu was a kind and wise king. No wonder if that country was prosperous. There’s no hunger in this kingdom. It was a very happy condition. But it was a pity that Prabu and his queen hadn’t got any children. It made the royal couple very very sad. Some old men and women who was respected by Prabu suggested that the king adopt a child. But Prabu and the queen didn’t agree. “No, thank you. But for us, our own daughter or son is better than adopted children.” The queen was very sad. She often cried. That was why Prabu decided to go. He went to the jungle. There he prayed to God. Every day he begged for a child. His dream come true. A few months later, the queen got pregnant. All people in the kingdom felt happy. They sent many presents to the palace to express their happiness. Nine months later a princess was born. People sent their presents again as a gift to the little princess. This baby grew as a beautiful teenager then. Prabu and Queen loved their daughter so much. They gave whatever she wanted. It made Princess a very spoiled girl. When her wish couldn’t be realized, she became very angry. She even said bad things often. A true princess wouldn’t do that. Even though the princess behaved badly, her parents loved her, so did the people in that kingdom. Day by day, the princess grew more beautiful. No girls couldn’t compare with her. In a few days, Princess would be 17 years old. So, people of that kingdom went to palace. They brought many presents for her. Their presents were very beautiful. Prabu collected the presents. There were really many presents. Then, Prabu stored them in a building. Some times he could take them to give to his people. Prabu only took some gold and jewels. Then, she brought them to the goldsmith. “Please make a beautiful necklace for my daughter,” said Prabu. “My pleasure, Your Majesty,” the goldsmith replied. The goldsmith worked with all his heart and his ability. He wanted to create the most beautiful necklace in the world because he loved his princess. The birthday came. People gathered in the palace field. When Prabu and queen appeared, people welcomed them happily. Prabu and his wife waved to their beloved people. Cheers were louder and louder when the princess appeared with her fabulous pretty face. Everybody admired her beauty. Prabu got up from his chair. A lady gave him a small and glamorous pillow. A wonderful necklace was on it. Prabu took that necklace. “My beloved daughter, today I give this necklace to you. This necklace is a gift from people in this country. They love you so much. They presented it for you to express their happiness, because you have been growing to a woman. Please, wear this necklace,” said Prabu. Princess accepted the necklace. She looked at the necklace in a glance. “I don’t want to accept it! It’s ugly!” shouted the princess. Then, she threw the necklace. The beautiful necklace was broken. The gold and jewels were spread out on the floor.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
193
Everybody couldn’t say anything. They never thought that their beloved princess would did such a cruel thing. Nobody spoke. In their silence people heard the queen crying. Every woman felt sad and began crying too. Then, everybody was crying. Then, there was a miracle. Earth was crying. Suddenly, from the underground, a spring emerged. It made a pool of water. The place was getting full. Soon the place became a big lake. The lake sank all of the kingdom. Nowadays the water on that lake is not as full as before. There is only a small lake now. People called the lake “Talaga Warna”. It means “Lake of Color”. It’s located in Puncak, West Java. On a bright day, the lake is full of color. So beautiful and amazing. These colors come from shadows of forests, plants, flowers and sky around the lake. But some people said that the colors are from the princess’ necklace, which spreads at the bottom of the lake. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 2 The Story of Kelana Sakti Once upon a time in North Sumatra, there was a kingdom named Purnama. The king was King Indra Sakti. He was a wise king. All of his people lived prosperous and happy. The king and the queen had a baby boy. He was the prince of the palace. In Purnama kingdom, there was a small village. Kelana Sakti and his parents lived there. Kelana Sakti was a nice boy. He was diligent and always helped his parents. One day, there was bad news from the kingdom. King Indra Sakti was terribly ill. All the palace healers tried to heal him, but did not succeed. The King was getting weaker and weaker everyday. So, he called all his family and the palace commander, Panglima Badau, to meet him. “My wife, please forgive all my mistakes. I cannot live any longer. Please take care of our son. Make him the king when he is adult,” said the king to the queen. Then, he continued, “Panglima Badau, I trust this kingdom to you. You are the king until my son is adult. Please train him and teach him how to be a good king.” Not long after that, King Indra Sakti died. Panglima Badau then became the king. He really enjoyed his time as a king. He often had parties and neglected the people. Soon, the kingdom was in a mess and the king only had fun in his parties. To pay all his parties, Panglima Badau asked his people to pay expensive taxes. Soldiers went to people’s house to collect the money, and that was including Kelana Sakti’s house. Because Kelana’s parents didn’t have any, the soldiers brought them and sent them to jail. Kelana Sakti asked them not to bring his parents, but a soldier was angry at him and hit him. Kelana Sakti was unconscious. When he was awake, he was inside an old man’s house. “Where am I? Where are my parents?” “Don’t worry. You are in my house. You are safe here. Your parents are in the palace. The king sent them to jail,” said the old man. Since then, Kelana Sakti lived with the old man. He learned many things from him, especially martial arts. When Kelana Sakti was adult, he completely changed. He was a man with great skills of martial arts. It was time for him to go to the palace and freed his parents. The old man gave him the blessings and asked him to be careful. So, Kelana Sakti fought bravely against the soldiers. He won. Then, the last one was fighting against Panglima Badau himself. Again he won the fight and freed everybody in jail. Then, he sent Panglima Badau to jail. The prince was so thankful to Kelana Sakti. The prince then asked Kelana Sakti to be the palace commander. Source: March 29, 2008
194
UNIT 3 Narratives
Text 3 The King’s Son and the Painted Lion A King, whose only son was fond of martial exercises, had a dream. He was warned that his son would be killed by a lion. Afraid the dream will come true, he built for his son a pleasant palace and adorned its walls for his amusement with all kinds of life-sized animals, among which was the picture of a lion. When the young Prince saw this, his grief at being thus confined burst out a fresh, and, standing near the lion, he said: “O you most detestable of animals! Through a lying dream of my father’s, which he saw in his sleep, I am shut up on your account in this palace as if I had been a girl. What shall I now do to you?” With these words he stretched out his hands toward a thorn-tree, meaning to cut a stick from its branches so that he might beat the lion. However, one of the tree’s prickles pierced his finger and caused great pain and inflammation. It made the young Prince fell down in a fainting fit. A violent fever suddenly set in, from which he died not many days later. Source: July 4, 2007
Text 4 The Legend of Lake Batur A long time ago, there lived on the island of Bali a giantlike creature named Kbo Iwo. The people of Bali used to say that Kbo Iwo was everything, a destroyer as well as a creator. He was satisfied with the meal, but this meant for the Balinese people enough food for a thousand men. Difficulties arose when for the first time the barns were almost empty and the new harvest was still a long way off.This made Kbo Iwo wild with great anger. In his hunger, he destroyed all the houses and even all the temples. It made the Balinese turn to rage. So, they came together to plan steps to oppose this powerful giant by using his stupidity. They asked Kbo Iwo to build them a very deep well, and rebuild all the houses and temples he had destroyed. After they fed Kbo Iwo, he began to dig a deep hole. One day he had eaten too much, he fell asleep in the hole. The oldest man in the village gave a sign, and the villagers began to throw the limestone they had collected before into the hole. The limestone made the water inside the hole boiling. Kbo Iwo was buried alive. Then the water in the well rose higher and higher until at last it overfl owed and formed Lake Batur. The mound of earth dug by Kbo Iwo is known as Mount Batur. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 5 Running For His Life One day a cheetah went hunting by himself in the woods. He spotted a rabbit in the underbrush and chased him out into the open. The rabbit darted this way and that. The cheetah followed. The rabbit ran, with the cheetah at his heels, around trees and through an open field. When the cheetah began to tire of the chase, the rabbit, with one last burst of energy, dashed into the thicket and escaped to safety. As the cheetah turned back for home, a tiger who had seen the chase jeered at him, saying, “Some hunter you are! You let that rabbit get the best of you!” “You forget,” replied the tired cheetah, “about the rabbit’s strife! I was only running for my supper. He was running for his life!” Source: October 23, 2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
195
Text 6 Antlers A handsome stag with majestic antlers admired himself in a lake. As he looked at his reflection he thought, “My antlers are beautiful! But these spindly legs of mine are so skinny I wish I could hide them in shame.” Just then a hunter’s arrow whizzed by and the stag bounded into the woods. As he ran, his beautiful antlers caught and snagged on the branches of a low-growing tree. Struggling, he finally pulled himself free. If it weren’t for the exquisite speed of his legs, he would surely have been captured. After that, when he gazed at his spindly legs, his pride would swell. “In times of danger,” he thought, “they serve me well.” Source: October 23, 2008
196
UNIT 3 Narratives
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ● ask for, give and refuse to give agreement, ● respond to a statement, ● tell about people’s life and experiences, ● deliver spoken notices, ● write people’s life and experiences, ● write notices, and ● use direct and indirect speech correctly.
Suppose there is an exchange student program at school. There is a student from Australia that joins it. She only speaks English. On one occasion, the principal asks you to accompany her to go around. You ask her whether she agrees to go to the beach. What would you say? How does your friend respond to it? Suppose she suggests an idea. She asks for your agreement. How do you respond to it? Don’t worry. You will learn and practice how to ask for, give and refuse to give agreement. You will also learn and practice how to respond to people’s statements. Furthermore, you will learn and practice how to tell people’s life and experiences using recounts. So, pay attention to your teacher. Do every task your teacher asks you to do. Experience the learning process.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
197
4.1 Expressions
Asking for, Giving and Refusing to Give Agreement Look at the picture and read the dialog. It’s good.
What do you think about this notebook?
What if I buy it?
I agree. I think it can support your study.
The bold-typed sentences are expressions of asking for and giving agreement. The man is asking for agreement and the woman is giving her agreement.
Let’s go to the beach this weekend. Sorry, I disagree. It’s too far.
The bold-typed sentence is an expression to express disagreement. Here are some other expressions to ask for, give and refuse to give agreement.
● ● ● ● ●
198
Do you agree if . . . ? Don’t you think so? All right with you? Would you agree with me? How about hanging around?
UNIT 4 Recounts
Disagreeing/Refusing to Give Agreement
Agreeing/Giving Agreement
Asking for Agreement ● ● ● ● ●
Sure. I do agree. Yes, I do. Yes. It’s not a big deal. That’s a good idea. That’s great.
● ● ● ● ● ●
How do you know that? Are you sure? I’m really sorry, but . . . . (I’m afraid) . . . is/are wrong. I don’t think . . . . I’m not sure you’re right about ....
Responding to a Statement Read the following dialog. Mr. Rahmad : I really like this car. Mr. Agung : Do you? What do you like about this car? Mr. Rahmad : There is an air conditioner and a radio. The air conditioner will make us comfortable. The songs from the radio will surely entertain us on our way to everywhere. Mr. Agung : That’s right. The bold-typed sentences are expressions to respond to a statement. Here are some other expressions to respond to a statement. Statement ● ● ● ● ● ●
I read an interesting story. I visited Dewi last week. I’ll go to Jakarta tomorrow. Wait! There’s another thing. I go swimming every day. We should join an English course.
Responding to a Statement ● ● ● ● ● ●
Please tell me about it. Did you? How was she? Really? What will you do there? What is it? Do you? Why not?
Answer the questions orally. 1. 2.
What expressions have you learned in Unit 3? Jawaban: Starting, extending and ending a conversation; asking for, giving and denying information. Do you think that your English is getting improved? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
199
A.
Listen to your teacher. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Sally : Where are we going to spend our holiday next December, dear? Joe : The children want to go to Bali, but I want to go to Jatim Park. I’m not sure. Sally : I’d like to go Jatim Park, too. My friends have told me that it’s amazing. Ella : Sorry, Mom, Dad. I don’t agree if we go to Jatim Park. I think it is more interesting to go to Bali. Derry : I agree with Ella. We have two weeks off. I think visiting Bali will be fantastic. Ella : That’s right. Joe : Well, we can talk about it tomorrow. Let me finish my work now. 1. ______ The dialog is about making a plan for vacation. 2. ______ The people in the dialog are talking about their holiday in November. 3. ______ The children want to go to Jatim Park. 4. ______ Jatim Park is amazing. 5. ______ They will talk about their plan the next day. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (They are talking about their holiday in December.) 3. F (The children want to go to Bali.) 4. T 5. T Variasi: Listen to your teacher carefully. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ratih : What are you doing? Tim : I’m going to turn on this CD. Ratih : That’s a good idea, but don’t be to loud, please. Tim : This kind of music is enjoyable to be heard if we turn it aloud. Ratih : I don’t agree. Listen! Loud music may gradually harm your hearing. Tim : Well then. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
200
______ ______ ______ ______ ______
UNIT 4 Recounts
The speakers are brother and sister. They are talking about a hit song on the CD. The boy will turn on the CD aloud. The girl agrees with the boy’s idea to turn on the CD aloud. According to the girl, loud music may not harm the hearing.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (They are talking about the boy’s plan to turn on a CD.) 3. T 4. F (The girls doesn’t agree with his idea. She says that loud music may gradually harm the hearing.) 5. F (She says that loud music may gradually harm the hearing.)
B.
Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions below.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Fakih : Have you heard the news about people who lost their houses because of flood? Jenny : I have. Fakih : Do you agree if we hold fund-raising to help them? Jenny : Absolutely! We should help them ease their burden. Fakih : That’s right. What if we write a proposal and hand it to the OSIS? Jenny : Good idea. Fakih : I think the OSIS committee will agree with you. Jenny : No doubt. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
What are the boy and the girl talking about? Jawaban: Helping people who lost their houses because of flood. What are they planning to do to the suffering people? Jawaban: Holding fund-raising to help them. What are they going to do to conduct the plan? Jawaban: They are going to write a proposal and hand it to the OSIS. Does Fakih think that the OSIS committee will agree with their idea? Jawaban: Yes, he does. Jenny said, “Good idea.” What does she express? Jawaban: She gives her agreement. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Answer the following questions based on the dialog you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Rian : Dion, do you like fishing? Dion : No, I don’t. Why? Rian : Well, I have a plan to go fishing this weekend. I’ll be glad if you can join. Dion : No, thanks. I don’t like fishing. Don’t you think it is a boring activity? Rian : Sorry, I disagree. At first some people may think that it is boring. But, soon they’ll find out that it is actually exciting, especially when there’s a fish caught on the rod. Dion : But . . . it can take an hour, even more. I think it only wastes time. Rian : Maybe. But, that will teach us to be more patient. Dion : Well, that’s your opinion and I appreciate it.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
201
1. What does Rian plan to do this weekend? 2. Does Dion have the same hobby as Rian? 3. What does Dion think about fishing? 4. According to Rian, why are people excited when fishing? 5. Is Dion going to join Rian? Jawaban: 1. He plans to go fishing. 2. No, he doesn’t. 3. It’s boring. 4. To see a fish caught on the rod. 5. No, he isn’t. B.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Firman : Dad, what if I join a karate extra-curricular club? Do you (1) agree? Father : It depends. Do you really (2) want it? Firman : I do, Dad. Father : O.K., then. I agree. But, remember, your school is the first (3) priority. Firman : Thanks, Dad. Don’t worry about it. The practice is only (4) twice a week. Wednesday and Saturday. Father : I see. Where does it take place? Firman : In the school (5) hall. Father : O.K. Dialog 2 On the way home . . . . Andi : I really (1) like the meatballs in our school canteen. Doni : Do you? How do you like them? Andi : Um . . . I think they are (2) tasty. Doni : Really? You like meatballs, don’t you? Andi : Yup! That’s my (3) favorite food. I eat meatballs almost every day. Doni : Do you? Andi : Yeah. One more thing, the meatballs in our canteen are not (4) expensive. Doni : I see. No wonder you like to (5) buy there. Andi : Right! C.
In pairs, practice the dialogs in Task B with your partner.
D.
Answer the questions below based on the dialogs in Task B.
1.
Who are talking in the dialog 1? Jawaban: A father and his son. What does Firman want to join? Jawaban: A karate extra-curricular club. Does his father agree with his idea? Jawaban: Yes, he does. What are Andi and Doni talking about in dialog 2? Jawaban: The meatballs in their school canteen. How is the thing they are talking about? Jawaban: They’re tasty and the price is not expensive.
2. 3. 4. 5.
202
UNIT 4 Recounts
E.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the dialog you have heard. Share your work with the class. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Ramon : Esti, have you done your assignment? Esti : You mean the writing assignment? Ramon : Yup. Have you done it? Esti : Not yet. What about you? Ramon : I haven’t either. I have no idea of how to start and write the composition well. Esti : Me too. Do you agree if we ask Oki’s mother? She’s a good writer, isn’t she? Ramon : That’s a good idea. Let’s go. F. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
C. 1.
Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task E. What do you think Ramon and Esti are? Jawaban: They are students. What are Ramon and Esti talking about? Jawaban: About their writing assignment. What problem do they face? Jawaban: They have no idea of how to start and write the composition well. What is Esti’s suggestion to solve the problem? Jawaban: She suggests that they ask Oki’s mother. Ramon said, “That’s a good idea.” What does he express? Jawaban: He expresses his agreement. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Rosa : Next Sunday we will have a holiday, won’t we? What about going to Mount Bromo? Rima : ________ because the air in Mount Bromo is very cold. I am sure we cannot stand it. A. I disagree B. I agree with you C. That’s a good idea D. There is no doubt about it Ujian Nasional
Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan, Rosa mengatakan ”What about going to Mount Bromo?” yang artinya ”Bagaimana kalau pergi ke Gunung Bromo?”. Ucapan itu digunakan untuk meminta persetujuan. Respons yang tepat adalah ”I disagree” karena Rima menjelaskan alasannya ”. . . because the air in Mount Bromo is very cold.” yang artinya ”. . . karena udara di Gunung Bromo sangat dingin.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena mengungkapkan persetujuan. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan alasan yang diucapkan Rima.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
203
our English.” yang artinya ”Kita tidak hanya memperoleh hal-hal yang menarik, tetapi juga akan dapat meningkatkan bahasa Inggris kita.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan ucapan Lely sebelumnya.
This dialog is for questions 2 and 3. Lelly : Wow, there’s the Jakarta Post here. Sigit : (2) ________ Lelly : I know it’s very useful for us as students. Not only do we get interesting things, but we can also improve our English. Sigit : I think so. (3) ________. Lelly : But how do you get the paper? Do you buy or borrow it from the library? Sigit : No, my father subscribes to it. 2.
A. B. C. D.
4.
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional
I can’t read it. Can I borrow it? It must be expensive. You should read English newspaper.
A. No, thanks. B. I think so C. I don’t say that D. That’s great Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai sebagai respons atas pernyataan Anto ”It doesn’t know the danger in its surrounding either.” yang artinya ”Anak zebra itu juga tidak tahu bahaya yang ada di sekitarnya.” Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai sebagai respons atas ucapan Anto tersebut.
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional
Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai sebagai respons atas pernyataan Lelly ”Wow, there’s the Jakarta Post here.” yang artinya ”Wow, ada Jakarta Post di sini.”. Pilihan jawaban ini juga sesuai dengan respons Lelly selanjutnya ”I know it’s very useful for us as students.” yang artinya ”Saya tahu surat kabar ini sangat bermanfaat bagi kita sebagai siswa.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan respons yang diucapkan Lelly. 3.
A. B. C. D.
That’s why I put it here. That’s why I read it. That’s why my father reads it. That’s why you read it. Adapted from: Ujian Nasional
Jawaban: B Respons pada jawaban (B) artinya ”Itulah sebabnya saya membacanya.” Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan ucapan Lelly ”Not only do we get interesting things, but we can also improve
204
UNIT 4 Recounts
Rina : Look! The baby zebra cannot find its food. Anto : It doesn’t know the danger in its surrounding either. Rina : ________
5.
Mira
: I plan that our trip destination next weekend is Tangkuban Perahu and Maribaya. Bagus: ________ because it will cost a lot of money and take much time to get there. A. B. C. D.
I disagree with you I agree I am worried I accept your idea Ujian Nasional
Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan, Mira mengatakan ”I plan that our trip destination next weekend is Tangkuban Perahu and Maribaya.” yang artinya ”Saya berencana bahwa tujuan piknik kita minggu depan adalah Tangkuban Perahu dan Maribaya?”. Ucapan itu digunakan untuk mengungkapkan rencana. Respons yang tepat adalah ”I disagree with you.” karena Bagus
A.
menjelaskan alasannya ”. . . because it will cost a lot of money and take much time to get there.” yang artinya ”. . . karena akan banyak makan biaya dan makan banyak waktu untuk sampai di sana.”. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) salah karena mengungkapkan persetujuan. Pilihan jawaban (C) salah karena mengungkapkan rasa cemas.
Step forward with your partner. Perform the dialog below.
Etik Yuyun Etik Yuyun Etik Yuyun
: : : : : :
It’s a nice Sunday morning. What if we go swimming? Don’t you agree? Um . . . I don’t know. It’s a nice morning, but it is cold now. Cold? Aren’t you feeling well? No, I’m not. But, we can get cold if we go swimming in such weather. Do you have another option? What about jogging around the town square? After jogging, we can buy many kinds of food and drink there. Etik : No problem. Let’s go. Yuyun : O.K. Variasi: Ask the following questions based on the dialog in Task A. 1. When did the dialog happen? Jawaban: On Sunday morning. 2. How was the weather that day? Jawaban: According to Yuyun, it was a nice morning, but it was cold. 3. Was Etik alright? Jawaban: Yes, she was. 4. Did Yuyun agree to swim? Jawaban: No, she didn’t. 5. What would the girls do then? Jawaban: They would go jogging around the town square.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
205
B.
Complete the dialog with the proper words from the box.
a. d.
special think
b. e.
browsing agree
c. f.
fashion disagree
Ivon Ikka Sari
: What do you (1) ________ if we go (2) ________ at the new mall? : Anything (3) ________? : Yeah. The mall offers special discounts for (4) ________. It’s up to 50% plus 20%. I think it’s the best offer. Mother : Do you think so? Sorry, I have to (5) ________ with you. Those prices have been marked up, you know. Sari : Nope. Anyway, do you come or not? Mother : No, I won’t. Jawaban: 1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. f
Variasi: A. Complete the dialog with the correct words from the box. ● ●
practice play
● ●
good idea competition
●
join
Bonny : Hi, Tama. Next month there will be a junior high school badminton (1) ________ in our town. Tama : Really? Bonny : Yes. Is it O.K. if we (2) ________ it? Tama : Yeah. I agree. We always (3) ________ badminton once a week, don’t we? Bonny : Um . . . what if we (4) ________ four times a week for the competition? Do you agree? Tama : Four times a week? Bonny : Yup! Tama : I’m sorry. I don’t think it’s a (5) ________. What about three times a week? Bonny : No problem. Jawaban: 1. competition 2. join 3. play 4. practice 5. good idea B.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. Mr. and Mrs. Ray are trying to reorganize their kitchen. Mr. Ray : What do you think if I put the small table here at the corner? Mrs. Ray : Sorry, I don’t think it is a good idea, dear. I may bump into it.
206
UNIT 4 Recounts
Mr. Ray : Er . . . what about here? Mrs. Ray : Perfect! Just perfect. 1.
The A. B. C. D.
dialog occurs ___________. in the living room in the dining room in the kitchen in the bedroom
Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama percakapan tersebut ”Mr. and Mrs. Ray are trying to reorganize their kitchen.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan Ibu Ray mencoba menata ulang dapur mereka.”. Itu artinya percakapan itu terjadi di dapur (in the kitchen). 2.
3.
Mrs. Ray says, “Sorry, I don’t think it is a good idea, dear.” She expresses ________. A. her agreement B. her disagreement C. her disappointment D. her happiness Jawaban: B Kalimat ”Sorry, I don’t think it is a good idea, dear.“ artinya ”Maaf, saya pikir itu bukan ide yang bagus, sayang.”. Berdasarkan artinya, pernyataan itu digunakan untuk mengungkapkan ketidaksetujuan (disagreement). “I may bump into it.” The word ‘it’ here refers to ________. A. the small table B. the fridge C. the stove D. the round table Jawaban: A Kata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti benda tunggal. Kata tersebut menggantikan kata benda tunggal yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu small table. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak ada di dalam percakapan itu.
4.
Riri : Indonesia has to import rice this year. Eka : ________ Indonesia is an agricultural country, isn’t it? The suitable response to the statement is ________. A. How come? B. Congratulations! C. Let me handle it. D. Thank you for telling me that. Jawaban: A Riri mengatakan bahwa Indonesia mengimpor beras tahun ini. Respons yang sesuai atas pernyataan itu adalah rasa tidak percaya (How come?) karena Indonesia adalah negara agraris (Indonesia is an agricultural country, isn’t it?). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan pernyataan Riri dan pernyataan Eka selanjutnya.
5.
Ramli : Let’s go to the library. Oki : Sorry. I do not want to go there. Ramli : What about going to the canteen? Oki : ________. Ramli : O.K. Let’s go. A. Not bad! B. Is that so? C. I disagree. D. Good idea! Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut, mula-mula Ramli mengajak Oki ke perpustakaan, tetapi Oki tidak setuju.Kemudian Ramli mengusulkan ke kantin. Berdasarkan pernyataan Ramli berikutnya ”O.K. Let’s go.” yang artinya ”Baiklah. Ayo.” disimpulkan bahwa Oki setuju dengan gagasan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang menyatakan setuju adalah pilihan (D).
C. Arrange the sentences into a good dialog. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Mr. And Mrs. Smith are in the lobby of a hotel to book a room. 3 Mr. Smith : Er . . . I don’t think it’s a good idea. 1 Mr. Smith : Which room do you like, dear? 7 Mr. Smith : O.K. We’ll take a room which overlooks the south sea. 5 Mr. Smith : What if we book a room which overlooks the south sea? 2 Mrs. Smith : What about a room which overlooks the garden? 6 Mrs. Smith : Well, that’s good. I like it. 4 Mrs. Smith : Any better idea?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
207
D. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task C. 1. Where did the dialog occur? Jawaban: In a hotel lobby. 2. Who were involved in the dialog? Jawaban: Mr. and Mrs. Smith. 3. What were they doing? Jawaban: They were going to book a room. 4. Which room did the woman like? Jawaban: She liked a room which overlooked the garden. 5. Did her husband agree with her idea? Jawaban: No, he didn’t. 6. What did he say? Jawaban: He said, “Er . . . I don’t think it’s a good idea.”. 7. Did he have a better idea? Jawaban: Yes, he did. 8. What did he suggest? Jawaban: He suggested that they booked a room which overlooked the south sea. 9. Did his wife agree? Jawaban: Yes, she did. 10. What did she say? Jawaban: She said, “Well, that’s good. I like it.”. E. Arrange the sentences into a good dialog. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 Agung : What about you, Ferry? 1 Agung : What about asking Egar to join us in our English study club? 6 Agung : Sorry, Willy. Well, please tell us your opinion. 8 Ellis : Willy could be right. 2 Ellis : I have no objection. 5 Willy : No one asked about my opinion? 7 Willy : Frankly speaking, I disagree with that idea. You know, Egar’s house is far enough. He has to go here and there by bike. Do you think he will be active in our club? Ferry : Sure. I agree. The more people join it, the marrier it will be. 4 9 Ferry : Come on, guys. Give him a chance! F. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
208
Answer the questions based on the proper dialog in Task E. What did the boys talk about? Jawaban: Whether Egar should join their English study club or not. Who agreed with Agung’s idea? Jawaban: Ellis and Ferry did. Did Willy agree? Jawaban: No, he didn’t. What was his reason? Jawaban: He said that Egar’s house was far enough and that he had to go here and there by bike. So, Willy didn’t think that Egar would be active in that club. What was the final conclusion? Jawaban: They gave Egar a chance.
UNIT 4 Recounts
C.
Create dialogs based on the situations below. Perform the dialogs.
1.
You ask your father to buy a laptop. You explain that you need it very badly in the future. Your father agrees to buy it. He asks you to go with him next week to an electronic store nearby. You disagree because it is not a complete store. How would the conversation go? 2. Your town has a new playground. You and your family go there. You think that the place is nice. Your little brother disagrees with you. He/she says that there should be more trees and some more facilities. How would the conversation go? Contoh jawaban: 1. Puput : Dad, would you buy me a laptop? I need it very badly in the future. Morever, I think Dion may need it as well. Don’t you think so? Mr. Arifin : You’re right. Well, what if we go to the nearby electronic store next week? Puput : Sorry, Dad, I disagree. That store is not complete. We’d better go to the electronic center. We have so many choices and we may bargain there. Mr. Arifin : Is that so? O.K. 3.
Tessa : Inong : Tessa : Inong :
What a nice playground! I don’t think so. Why do you say that? Look. It is very hot here. It needs more trees, so it will be green and shady. Besides, it needs some more facilities, such as a tunnel, a pond of sand, electric vehicles, and a trace track. Tessa : You could be right.
Variasi: In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations. Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class. 1. You and your classmates are visiting The Safari Park in Prigen, East Java. It has complete and magnificent animal collection. You express your amazement. Your friends agree with you. One of them says that people have to keep the wealth well. He/she asks for your agreement. You agree. What would you and your friend say? 2. You and your friend are in a movie theater. Your friend has an idea to see an action movie. He/she asks whether you agree to see the movie or not. You disagree. What would he/she say? How would you respond? 3. You and your friends are walking together on the way home after school. Coincidentally, your friend finds a wallet on the road. He/she takes it. You say that both of you should go to the nearest police station to report the finding. But, your friend disagrees and suggests giving the wallet directly to the owner’s house. What would both of you say? Contoh jawaban: 1. Tina : This Safari Park is really amazing! The animals are marvelous. Look at that bird. I have never seen such a beautiful creature before. Alisa : Yeah! You are right! I think we have to keep this precious heritage well. Don’t you think so? Tina : Absolutely! 2. Rina : Here we are now. What do you want to see? Dewi : Any idea? Rina : What about an action movie?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
209
3.
Dewi : Sorry, I don’t like action movies. What about comedy drama? We need to relax, right? Rina : No problem. O.K., let’s buy the tickets. Dewi : O.K. Doni : Look! It’s a wallet! Someone has dropped it. Reni : Yeah. Let’s go to the police station to report this finding. Doni : I don’t think it’s a good idea. The place is too far from here. Just wait! Reni : What do you find? Doni : I find an identity card. Look, the owner lives not far from here! What if we go to the address and give it back to the owner? Reni : O.K. I think it is much better than going to the police station.
4.2 Genre
Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Listen, all. Now I’m going to tell you about one of our patriots. He is Adam Malik. Do you know who he is? Adam Malik was born on July 22, 1917 in Pematang Siantar, North Sumatra. He got his elementary education in a Dutch-run primary school and then a religious school. You know what? He had actively participated in the Indonesian national movement from an early age. When he was only seventeen, he was elected Chairman of the Partai Indonesia in Pematang Siantar and Medan, both in North Sumatra. Quite young to be a leader, wasn’t he? Then, Adam Malik decided to leave Sumatra for Java. Later on December 13, 1937 he founded the Antara press bureau. You know, it is now known as the Antara News Agency, the official Indonesian news agency. Adam Malik had important roles in the events leading up to Indonesia’s Declaration of Independence. Let me tell you. Adam Malik had stunning careers. Some of them were the duties of a diplomat, as an ambassador to the Soviet Union and Poland, as Foreign Affairs Minister, as President of the United Nations General Assembly, as the Chairmanship of the People’s Consultative Assembly or MPR, and as a vice president. In 1982, Adam Malik received the Dag Hammarskjöld Award from the United Nations. Unfortunately, he had to end his devotion to his beloved country. He passed away on 5 September 1984 in Bandung, West Java. Because of his service, he has been recognized as one of our National Heroes. Source: December 8, 2009
The text above is a spoken recount. A recount text tells us about past events. That’s why, it mostly uses the simple past tense. A spoken text usually uses some direct greeting to the listeners, such as “Good morning, everyone” or “Listen all.” It also uses some fillers, such as “you know”, “well” and “Let me tell you”.
210
UNIT 4 Recounts
Written Text Read the following text. Study the structure of the text. Adam Malik
Orientation
Adam Malik was born in Pematang Siantar, North Sumatra to Abdul Malik and Salamah Lubis. After completing Junior High School, he received his first job as a shopkeeper, filling in time by reading books and increasing his knowledge.
A Series of Events
Adam Malik quickly developed an interest in politics and in the age of just 17, became the Chairman of the Pematang Siantar branch of Partindo (Indonesia Party). In this position, he campaigned for the Dutch Colonial Government to grant independence to Indonesia. As a result of this, he was put in prison for disobeying the Colonial Government’s ban on political assemblies. Once he was freed, he left Pematang Siantar for Jakarta. After leaving his hometown, Adam Malik pursued a job as a journalist. He wrote for Partindo’s Party Magazine and Pelita Andalas Newspaper. In 1937, along with like-minded colleagues, Malik formed ANTARA. ANTARA would develop to become Indonesia’s national news agency. Adam Malik played an important role in the events leading up to Indonesia’s Declaration of Independence. Adam Malik had stunning careers. Some of them were the duties of a diplomat, as an ambassador to the Soviet Union and Poland, as Foreign Affairs Minister, as President of the United Nations General Assembly, as the Chairmanship of the People’s Consultative Assembly or MPR, and as a vice president. In 1982, Malik received the Dag Hammarskjöld Award from the United Nations. He passed away on 5 September 1984 in Bandung, West Java.
Re-orientation
Because of his service, he has been recognized as a National Hero of Indonesia. Source: December 8, 2009
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
211
The text is a written recount text. It functions to retell past events. The structure of the text is: ● Orientation (background) It introduces important information on significant historical events. It answers questions such as: Who?, When?, Where? and Why? ● Events/A series of events It records the main events as they occurred in a chronological order. Each paragraph focuses on one specific event or period of time. ● Re-orientation (optional closure of events) It shows the historical significance of the events which have been recorded. The language features of a recount are: 1. use past tenses, such as: declared, signed, prepared and represented. 2. use time conjunctions, such as: while, then, finally, at last and before.
Grammar Section Direct and Indirect Speech Look at the pictures and read the sentences. 1
Actually, I agree that Jajang joins a football club. I just don’t want he gets hurt.
2
What did father say about my idea, Mom?
Do you?
He said that he agreed with your idea.
At 5:00 p.m.
A few minutes later . . .
Look at the bold-typed sentence in dialog 1. It’s called a direct speech. A direct speech is the exact word of someone. When we write a direct sentence, we should put quotation marks (“. . . .”).
212
UNIT 4 Recounts
The bold-typed sentence in dialog 2 is called an indirect speech. It retells what someone has said. In an indirect speech, you retell what someone has said by saying, for example Mr. Jasson said, Ms. Julia replied, the boy answered, etc. Moreover, you have to change certain things as follows. 1. Pronouns When you change a direct speech into an indirect one, you have to modify the pronouns in order to adjust the subject of that indirect speech. Example: Direct Speech ● David said, “Ervan wants to send you an e-mail.” Indirect Speech ● David said that Ervan wanted to send me an e-mail. 2. Adverbs of Time Adverbs of time should also be adjusted to make the statement clear. Example: Direct Speech ● Bagus said, “I met Ms. Aulia in a Padang restaurant yesterday.” Indirect Speech ● Bagus said that he had met Ms. Aulia in a Padang restaurant the day before. Here are the changes of adverbs of time. here these (days) today next (week) last week 3.
o o o o o
there this (evening) those (days) now yesterday (two weeks) ago the following (week) tomorrow the week before/the previous week
o o o o
that (evening) then (two weeks) before the following day
Tenses You also have to modify the tenses because the time setting of direct and indirect speech is different. Study the explanation below. Direct Speech Simple Present Riza said, “I use my computer.” Simple Past Riza said, “I used my computer.” Simple Perfect Riza said, “I have used my computer.” Present Continuous Riza said, “I am going to use my computer.” Simple Future Riza said, “I will use my computer.”
Indirect Speech Simple Past Riza said that she used her computer. Past Perfect Riza said that she had used her computer. Past Perfect Riza said that she had used her computer. Past Continuous Riza said that she was going to use her computer. Past Future Riza said that she would use her computer.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
213
Answer the questions. 1.
What do you know about recounts? Jawaban: Recounts are texts which tell past experiences or past events. What tense do you use in telling recounts? Jawaban: We use the simple past tense. Suppose your teacher asks you to talk about a famous person. Who will you talk about? Why? Jawaban: I will talk about Bung Karno because he was the Indonesian founding father.
2. 3.
A.
Look at the picture and listen to your teacher. Then, answer the questions based on what you have heard.
Anna Pavlova (portrait by Jean Thomassen)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
214
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Anna Pavlovna Pavlova (February 12, 1881–January 23, 1931) was the most famous ballet dancer of the early 20th century. She was born in St. Petersburg, Russia to a poor peasant family. And . . . she trained at the Imperial Ballet School until she graduated at the age of 18. Then she danced with the Mariinsky Theatre. In the first years of the Ballets Russes, she worked briefly for Serge Diaghilev before founding her own company and performing throughout the world. Her most famous showpiece was ‘The Dying Swan’ choreographed for her by Michel Fokine. The music piece was ‘the Swan part of Camille Saint-Saëns the Carnival of the Animals’. Source: December 8, 2009
What is the text about? Jawaban: About Anna Pavlovna Pavlova. What was she? Jawaban: The most famous ballet dancer of the early 20th century. Where was she born? Jawaban: In St. Petersburg, Russia. What were her parents? Jawaban: Poor peasants. How old was she when she graduated from the Imperial Ballet School? Jawaban: At the age of 18.
UNIT 4 Recounts
Variasi: Find the meaning of the words below. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. ballet = ballet 2. century = 3. poor = miskin 4. peasant = 5. to train = berlatih, belajar 6. Imperial = 7. to graduate = lulus 8. age = 9. briefly = dengan singkat 10. to found = 11. to perform = menampilkan 12. throughout = 13. showpiece = pertunjukan terbaik 14. carnival =
B.
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Our national anthem is “Indonesia Raya” meaning Indonesia the Great. The song was composed in 1928. The colonial policy of those days was “divide and rule”. It was a policy that deliberately aggravated language, ethnic, cultural and religious differences among the people. The birth of Indonesia Raya marked the beginning of Indonesian nationalist movements. The song was first introduced by its composer, Wage Rudolf Supratman. This occured at the second All Indonesian Youth Congress on October 28, 1928 in Batavia, now Jakarta. It was the moment when Indonesian youth of different ethnic, language, religious and cultural backgrounds gathered. They resolutely pledged allegiance to: “One native land, Indonesia. One nation, the Indonesian nation. One unifying language, the Indonesian language.” Soon the song, calling for the unity of Indonesia, became popular. It was echoed at Indonesian political rallies, where people stood in solemn observance. The song aroused national consciousness among the people throughout the archipelago.
abad petani yang berhubungan dengan istana usia mendirikan di seluruh karnaval
1.
The text is about ________. A. Youth Pldege B. Indonesia Raya, our national anthem C. Indonesian political situation during the Dutch colonialization D. The spirit of Indonesian youth during the Dutch colonialization Jawaban: B Jawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimat pertama bacaan ”Our national anthem is ’Indonesia Raya’ . . . .” yang artinya ”Lagu kebangsaan kita adalah ’Indonesia Raya’ . . . .”.
2.
The song was composed in ________. A. 1828 B. 1918 C. 1928 D. 1938 Jawaban: C Jawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf satu ”The song was composed in 1928.” yang artinya ”Lagu itu ditulis pada tahun 1928.”.
3.
The song was composed by _______. A. W.R. Supratman B. Adam Malik C. Indonesian Youth D. Hatta Jawaban: A Jawaban ini disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf tiga ”The song was first introduced by its composer, Wage Rudolf Supratman.” yang artinya ”Lagu itu pertama kali diperkenalkan oleh pengarangnya Wage Rudolf Supratman.”.
Adapted from: August 26, 2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
215
4.
“This occured at the second All Indonesian Youth Congress on October 28, 1928 . . . .” (Paragraph three) The word ‘occur’ can be best replaced by ________. A. promise B. start C. last D. happen Jawaban: D Kata ’occur’ dan ’happen’ artinya terjadi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena artinya berbeda; (A) artinya berjanji, (B) artinya mulai, dan (C) artinya berlangsung.
5.
These are what stated in the Youth Pledge, except ________. A. one native land, Indonesia B. one nation, the Indonesian nation C. one people, the Indonesian people D. one unifying language, the Indonesian language Jawaban: C Jawaban ini tidak sesuai dengan isi teks pada kalimat terakhir, paragraf tiga ”One native land, Indonesia. One nation, the Indonesian nation. One unifying language, the Indonesian language.” yang artinya ”Satu tanah air, Indonesia. Satu bangsa, Bangsa Indonesia. Satu bahasa, Bahasa Indonesia.”.
Variasi: Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B. You will hear those words in Task C. Jawaban: B A 1. d a. pengantin perempuan 1. attention 2. a b. membintangi 2. bride 3. k c. pecandu bioskop 3. enemy 4. h d. perhatian 4. fame 5. b e. mengumpulkan 5. to feature 6. o f. melontarkan 6. huge 7. j g. pertunjukan 7. husband 8. i h. ketenaran 8. life 9. c i. kehidupan 9. movie-goer 10. l j. suami 10. nod 11. g 11. performance k. musuh 12. f l. kemenangan 12. to catapult 13. m m. melarikan diri 13. to escape 14. e 14. to garner n. menggambarkan, melukiskan 15. n o. besar sekali 15. to portray
C.
Look at the picture and listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Text yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Julia Roberts was (1) born on October 28, 1967. She is an American actress. Julia Roberts was born Julie Fiona Roberts in Smyrna, Georgia. She was first (2) caught the attention of movi-egoers with her performance in the film ‘Mystic Pizza’ in 1988. The following year she was featured in ‘Steel Magnolias’. She acted as a young (3) bride battling diabetes. She (4) garnered her first Oscar nomination as Best Supporting Actress for
216
UNIT 4 Recounts
her (5) performance. She catapulted to worldwide (6) fame co-starring with Richard Gere in the Cinderella-story ‘Pretty Woman’ in 1990. She (7) earned her a second Oscar nod, this time as Best Actress. Her next (8) huge box-office success was the thriller ‘Sleeping with the Enemy’. Here she (9) portrayed a battered wife who escapes from her (10) husband and starts a new life. Adapted from: December 8, 2009
Variasi: A. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C? 1. ______ The text is about Julia Roberts. 2. ______ She is 40 years old now. 3. ______ She got her first Oscar for her film ‘Pretty Woman’. 4. ______ Julia Roberts acted her first film entitled ‘Mystic Pizza’. 5. ______ In ‘Steel Magnolias’ she acted as a wife who ran away from her husband. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (She is 42 years old now, because she was born on October 28, 1967.) 3. F (She earned her second Oscar for her film ‘Pretty Woman’, as Best Actress.) 4. T 5. F (In ‘Sleeping With the Enemy’ she portrayed a battered wife who escapes from her husband). B.
Listen to your teacher and write down the verbs. What do those verbs mean? Share your work with the class.
Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
AVerb
Meaning
become begin break brush build buy catch choose clean drink fall feel find fly forbid give hear hold know leave
menjadi memulai, mulai merusak, memecahkan menyikat membangun membeli menangkap memilih membersihkan minum jatuh merasakan menemukan terbang melarang memberi mendengar memegang mengetahui meninggalkan
Meaning
AVerb 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
meet pay ride ring send shout sit sleep berbicara mengambil berbicara mengajar berterima kasih berpikir mengetik memahami menunggu berjalan memenangkan menulis
bertemu membayar mengendarai membunyikan mengirimkan berteriak duduk tidur berbicara mengambil berbicara mengajar berterima kasih berpikir mengetik memahami menunggu berjalan memenangkan menulis
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
217
C.
Write the past form of the verbs in Task B. Share your work with the class. Jawaban: AVerb 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
become begin break brush build buy catch choose clean drink fall feel find fly forbid give hear hold know leave
Past Form became began broke brushed built bought caught chose cleaned drank fell felt found flew forbade gave heard held knew left
AVerb 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
meet pay ride ring send shout sit sleep speak take talk teach thank think type understand waited walked won wrote
D. Make ten sentences using the words from Task C. Contoh jawaban: 1. My father built this house last year. 2. Did you buy this mangosteen, in the supermarket, Mom? 3. I didn’t drink your iced tea. 4. Finally, the police found the victim in the bush. 5. When did you give the prize to the winner? 6. Yoga and I heard a baby crying this morning. 7. Mother left the supermarket a few minutes ago. 8. The secretary sent the invitation letter last week. 9. Maya typed her assignment yesterday. 10. Who wrote this proposal?
218
UNIT 4 Recounts
Past Form became began broke brushed built bought caught chose cleaned drank fell felt found flew forbade gave heard held knew left
A. Deliver the monolog below in turns. Jaya Suprana was born on January 27, 1949 in Denpasar, Bali to Lambang and Lily Suprana. He is married to Julia. He is an Indonesian composer, pianist, businessman and television presenter. Jaya Suprana studied music at Musikhochschule Muenster and Folkwanghochsule Essen, West Germany, between 1967 and 1976. Since then he has given piano recitals worldwide, as well as composing his own music. Jaya Suprana also presents his own national weekly talkshow called the Jaya Suprana Show. Jaya Suprana has been President Director of PT Jamu Jago, one of Indonesia’s largest manufacturers of herbal medicine, since 1983. He had worked there as Marketing Director since 1976. Apart from his business and musical activities, he established the Indonesian Museum of Records (MURI) on January 27, 1990, and is its director. He also founded an orphanage, Panti Asuhan Rotary-Suprana. Adapted from: December 8, 2009
Variasi: Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to marry = menikah, menikahi 2. 3. since = sejak 4. 5. worldwide = di seluruh dunia 6. 7. herbal medicine = jamu 8. 9. to establish = mendirikan 10. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
composer = recital = manufacturer = apart from = orphanage =
pengarang, penggubah pertunjukan pabrikan terlepas dari rumah panti asuhan
Answer the questions below based on the monolog in Task A. Where was Jaya Suprana born? Jawaban: In Denpasar, Bali. How old is he now? Jawaban: He’s 60 years old now. Who are Lambang and Lily Suprana? Jawaban: They are Jaya Suprana’s parents. Who is Julia? Jawaban: She is Jaya Suprana’s wife. How long did he study music? Jawaban: For nine years. Where has Jaya Suprana worked since 1976? Jawaban: In PT Jamu Jago. What was his position in his company in 1976? Jawaban: He was the Marketing Director. What did he found on January 27, 1990? Jawaban: He founded the Indonesian Museum of Records (MURI).
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 2
219
Variasi: A. Read the text below. Deliver a monolog based on it. Do it in turns. Anggun Cipta Sasmi, an Indonesian singer, was born on April 29, 1974, in Jakarta. Her name in Indonesian means “Grace born out of a dream”. At a young age, Anggun Cipta Sasmi decided to follow in her father, Darto Singo’s footsteps, and become an entertainer. During her early years, she was influenced by rock sounds of native Javanese artists and the rock & roll icon, Elvis Presley. She began performing at the age of 7 and recorded her first album two years later. By the time Anggun was 17, she was a successful national rock star. Anggun Cipta Sasmi began to feel unsatisfied with her success in Asia and, at 19, she left Indonesia in hopes of breaking through in the European music charts. With her first husband, she moved to London and then Paris, where she met music producer Erick Benzi. He was the one who had produced music for stars such as Celine Dion, and Johnny Hallyday, a popular French singer. Benzi was quite impressed by Anggun’s talent and immediately offered her to work with him on her new album. He persuaded her to move away from her original rock influences and experiment with a more sensual and romantic sound. Anggun’s smooth new style would prove an immediate success in France. Her first French album, ‘Au Nom de la Lune’ (titled Anggun for Indonesia and Japanese market and ‘Snow On The Sahara’ in other 13 countries including the US) not only skyrocketed Anggun to fame in France, the album was also a major hit in her native country, Indonesia. Her second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ (Chrysalis in foreign and US markets) proved to be a worldwide hit as well. Adapted from: December 8, 2009
Contoh jawaban: Hi, guys. You are familiar with the girl in the photograph, aren’t you? Do you like her songs? Me, too. I love her songs very much. Well, let me tell you about her. Anggun Cipta Sasmi who was born on April 29, 1974 in Jakarta is an Indonesian famous singer. At her young age, she followed her father’s footsteps, Darto Singo ato be an entertainer. She was influenced by rock sounds of native Javanese artists and the rock & roll icon, Elvis Presley. At the age of 7 she already performed her talent. Two years later, she made her first album. You know, at 17 years old, she was a successful national rock star. That’s amazing! She decided to leave Indonesia in hopes of breaking through in the European music charts. With her first husband, she moved to London and then Paris. There she met Erick Benzi, a music producer. You know what. Erick Benzi was the one who had produced music for stars such as Celine Dion and Johnny Hallyday, a popular French singer. Anggun’s talent impressed him and he immediately offered her to work with him on her new album. He asked Anggun to move away from her original rock influences and experiment with a more sensual and romantic sound. She agreed and this smooth new style would prove an immediate success in France. Her first French album, ‘Au Nom de la Lune’ which entitled Anggun for Indonesia and Japanese market and ‘Snow On The Sahara’ in other 13 countries including the US not only skyrocketed Anggun to fame in France. The album was also a major hit in her native country, Indonesia. Her second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ or ‘Chrysalis’ in foreign and US markets proved to be a worldwide hit as well. Well, guys, that’s my story about Anggun Cipta Sasmi. I hope her experiences inspire us to get our wish. Thank you.
220
UNIT 4 Recounts
B.
Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A. Correct the false ones. 1. (T/F) Anggun Cipta Sasmi was born on April 19, 1974. 2. (T/F) Anggun Cipta Sasmi was inspired by Darto Singo, her father. 3. (T/F) She recorded her first album at the age of 7. 4. (T/F) Erick Benzi is a popular French singer. 5. (T/F) Anggun’s second album ‘Desirs Contraires’ became a worldwide hit. Jawaban: 1. F (She was born on April 29, 1974.) 2. T 3. F (She began performing at the age of 7 and recorded her first album two years later. It means she recorded her first album when she was 9 years old.) 4. F (Erick Benzi is a music producer whom Anggun met in Paris.) 5. T C.
Find the story of a famous person who inspires you. Tell your friends about him/her.
Contoh jawaban: Sir Alexander Fleming is famous as the discoverer of the antibiotic substance lysozyme and for isolating the antibiotic substance penicillin from the fungus Penicillium notatum. Fleming was born in Ayrshire, Scotland. He attended St Mary’s Hospital medical school in London until World War I broke out. He participated in a battlefield hospital with many of his colleagues in the fronts of France. Being exposed to the horrid medical infections by the dying soldiers, he returned to St. Mary’s after the war. He went there with renewed energy in searching for an improved antiseptic. Both of Fleming’s discoveries happened entirely by accident during the 1920s. The first, lysozyme, was discovered after mucus from his nose dropped into a bacterium laced Petri dish (he sneezed). A few days later, it was noted that bacteria where the mucus had fallen had been destroyed. Fleming’s labs were usually in disarray, which led to be to his advantage. In September 1928, he was sorting through the many idle experiments strewn about his lab. He inspected each specimen before discarding it and noticed an interesting fungal colony had grown as a contaminant on one of the agar plates streaked with the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus. Fleming inspected the Petri dish further and found that the bacterial colonies around the fungus were transparent because their cells were lysing. Lysis is the breakdown of cells, and in this case, potentially harmful bacteria. The importance was immediately recognized, however the discovery was still underestimated, initially used to clean his glassware. Fleming issued a publication about penicillin in the British Journal of Experimental Pathology in 1929. For his achievements, Fleming was knighted in 1944 and shared the Nobel prize for Physiology or Medicine in 1945 with Florey and Ernst Boris Chain. Adapted from: December 8, 2009
